id	sid	tid	token	lemma	pos
eltls-1954	1	1	english	english	ADJ
eltls-1954	1	2	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	1	3	teaching	teaching	NOUN
eltls-1954	1	4	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	1	5	linguistics	linguistic	NOUN
eltls-1954	1	6	studies	study	NOUN
eltls-1954	1	7	issn	issn	VERB
eltls-1954	1	8	2640	2640	NUM
eltls-1954	1	9	-	-	SYM
eltls-1954	1	10	9836	9836	NUM
eltls-1954	1	11	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	1	12	print	print	NOUN
eltls-1954	1	13	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	1	14	issn	issn	PROPN
eltls-1954	1	15	2640	2640	NUM
eltls-1954	1	16	-	-	SYM
eltls-1954	1	17	9844	9844	NUM
eltls-1954	1	18	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	1	19	online	online	ADJ
eltls-1954	1	20	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	1	21	vol	vol	NOUN
eltls-1954	1	22	.	.	PROPN
eltls-1954	2	1	1	1	NUM
eltls-1954	2	2	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	2	3	no	no	INTJ
eltls-1954	2	4	.	.	NOUN
eltls-1954	2	5	1	1	NUM
eltls-1954	2	6	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	2	7	2019	2019	NUM
eltls-1954	2	8	www.scholink.org/ojs/index.php/eltls	www.scholink.org/ojs/index.php/eltls	NUM
eltls-1954	2	9	1	1	NUM
eltls-1954	2	10	original	original	ADJ
eltls-1954	2	11	paper	paper	NOUN
eltls-1954	2	12	indonesian	indonesian	ADJ
eltls-1954	2	13	teacher	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	2	14	’s	’s	PART
eltls-1954	2	15	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	2	16	switching	switching	NOUN
eltls-1954	2	17	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	2	18	mixing	mix	VERB
eltls-1954	2	19	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	2	20	efl	efl	PROPN
eltls-1954	2	21	context	context	PROPN
eltls-1954	2	22	syafrizal	syafrizal	PROPN
eltls-1954	2	23	syafrizal	syafrizal	VERB
eltls-1954	2	24	1	1	NUM
eltls-1954	2	25	*	*	NOUN
eltls-1954	2	26	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	2	27	nurhaeda	nurhaeda	PROPN
eltls-1954	2	28	gailea	gailea	NOUN
eltls-1954	2	29	1	1	NUM
eltls-1954	2	30	&	&	CCONJ
eltls-1954	2	31	fitriani	fitriani	ADJ
eltls-1954	2	32	pratiwi	pratiwi	NOUN
eltls-1954	2	33	2	2	NUM
eltls-1954	2	34	1	1	NUM
eltls-1954	2	35	english	english	PROPN
eltls-1954	2	36	education	education	NOUN
eltls-1954	2	37	department	department	NOUN
eltls-1954	2	38	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	2	39	universitas	universita	NOUN
eltls-1954	2	40	sultan	sultan	PROPN
eltls-1954	2	41	ageng	ageng	PROPN
eltls-1954	2	42	tirtayasa	tirtayasa	PROPN
eltls-1954	2	43	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	2	44	banten	banten	PROPN
eltls-1954	2	45	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	2	46	indonesia	indonesia	PROPN
eltls-1954	2	47	2	2	NUM
eltls-1954	2	48	students	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	2	49	postgraduate	postgraduate	VERB
eltls-1954	2	50	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	2	51	english	english	PROPN
eltls-1954	2	52	education	education	PROPN
eltls-1954	2	53	department	department	PROPN
eltls-1954	2	54	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	2	55	universitas	universita	NOUN
eltls-1954	2	56	sultan	sultan	PROPN
eltls-1954	2	57	ageng	ageng	PROPN
eltls-1954	2	58	tirtayasa	tirtayasa	PROPN
eltls-1954	2	59	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	2	60	banten	banten	PROPN
eltls-1954	2	61	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	2	62	indonesia	indonesia	PROPN
eltls-1954	2	63	*	*	PUNCT
eltls-1954	2	64	syafrizal	syafrizal	PROPN
eltls-1954	2	65	syafrizal	syafrizal	NOUN
eltls-1954	2	66	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	2	67	universitas	universita	NOUN
eltls-1954	2	68	sultan	sultan	PROPN
eltls-1954	2	69	ageng	ageng	PROPN
eltls-1954	2	70	tirtayasa	tirtayasa	PROPN
eltls-1954	2	71	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	2	72	english	english	ADJ
eltls-1954	2	73	education	education	PROPN
eltls-1954	2	74	department	department	PROPN
eltls-1954	2	75	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	2	76	banten	banten	PROPN
eltls-1954	2	77	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	2	78	indonesia	indonesia	PROPN
eltls-1954	2	79	received	receive	VERB
eltls-1954	2	80	:	:	PUNCT
eltls-1954	2	81	march	march	PROPN
eltls-1954	2	82	28	28	NUM
eltls-1954	2	83	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	2	84	2019	2019	NUM
eltls-1954	2	85	accepted	accept	VERB
eltls-1954	2	86	:	:	PUNCT
eltls-1954	2	87	april	april	PROPN
eltls-1954	2	88	20	20	NUM
eltls-1954	2	89	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	2	90	2019	2019	NUM
eltls-1954	2	91	online	online	ADV
eltls-1954	2	92	published	publish	VERB
eltls-1954	2	93	:	:	PUNCT
eltls-1954	2	94	april	april	PROPN
eltls-1954	2	95	23	23	NUM
eltls-1954	2	96	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	2	97	2019	2019	NUM
eltls-1954	2	98	doi:10.22158	doi:10.22158	NOUN
eltls-1954	2	99	/	/	SYM
eltls-1954	2	100	eltls.v1n1p1	eltls.v1n1p1	ADJ
eltls-1954	2	101	url	url	NOUN
eltls-1954	2	102	:	:	PUNCT
eltls-1954	2	103	http://dx.doi.org/10.22158/eltls.v1n1p1	http://dx.doi.org/10.22158/eltls.v1n1p1	NOUN
eltls-1954	2	104	abstract	abstract	VERB
eltls-1954	2	105	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	2	106	objectives	objective	NOUN
eltls-1954	2	107	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	2	108	research	research	NOUN
eltls-1954	2	109	are	be	AUX
eltls-1954	2	110	to	to	PART
eltls-1954	2	111	investigate	investigate	VERB
eltls-1954	2	112	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	2	113	frequency	frequency	NOUN
eltls-1954	2	114	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	2	115	teacher	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	2	116	’s	’s	PART
eltls-1954	2	117	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	2	118	switching	switching	NOUN
eltls-1954	2	119	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	2	120	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	2	121	mixing	mixing	NOUN
eltls-1954	2	122	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	2	123	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	2	124	function	function	NOUN
eltls-1954	2	125	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	2	126	teacher	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	2	127	’s	’s	PART
eltls-1954	2	128	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	2	129	switching	switching	NOUN
eltls-1954	2	130	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	2	131	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	2	132	mixing	mixing	NOUN
eltls-1954	2	133	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	2	134	efl	efl	PROPN
eltls-1954	2	135	classroom	classroom	NOUN
eltls-1954	2	136	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	2	137	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	2	138	teacher	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	2	139	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	2	140	students	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	2	141	’	'	PUNCT
eltls-1954	2	142	attitude	attitude	NOUN
eltls-1954	2	143	toward	toward	ADP
eltls-1954	2	144	it	it	PRON
eltls-1954	2	145	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	3	1	this	this	DET
eltls-1954	3	2	research	research	NOUN
eltls-1954	3	3	focuses	focus	VERB
eltls-1954	3	4	on	on	ADP
eltls-1954	3	5	analyzing	analyze	VERB
eltls-1954	3	6	efl	efl	PROPN
eltls-1954	3	7	teacher	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	3	8	’s	’s	PART
eltls-1954	3	9	utterances	utterance	NOUN
eltls-1954	3	10	at	at	ADP
eltls-1954	3	11	10	10	NUM
eltls-1954	3	12	th	th	NOUN
eltls-1954	3	13	grade	grade	NOUN
eltls-1954	3	14	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	3	15	by	by	ADP
eltls-1954	3	16	using	use	VERB
eltls-1954	3	17	poplack	poplack	NOUN
eltls-1954	3	18	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	3	19	musyken	musyken	VERB
eltls-1954	3	20	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	3	21	wardhaugh	wardhaugh	ADJ
eltls-1954	3	22	theory	theory	NOUN
eltls-1954	3	23	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	4	1	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	4	2	method	method	NOUN
eltls-1954	4	3	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	4	4	this	this	DET
eltls-1954	4	5	study	study	NOUN
eltls-1954	4	6	is	be	AUX
eltls-1954	4	7	case	case	NOUN
eltls-1954	4	8	study	study	NOUN
eltls-1954	4	9	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	5	1	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	5	2	data	datum	NOUN
eltls-1954	5	3	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	5	4	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	5	5	research	research	NOUN
eltls-1954	5	6	is	be	AUX
eltls-1954	5	7	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	5	8	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	5	9	form	form	NOUN
eltls-1954	5	10	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	5	11	written	write	VERB
eltls-1954	5	12	recording	recording	NOUN
eltls-1954	5	13	utterances	utterance	NOUN
eltls-1954	5	14	during	during	ADP
eltls-1954	5	15	teaching	teaching	NOUN
eltls-1954	5	16	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	5	17	learning	learn	VERB
eltls-1954	5	18	process	process	NOUN
eltls-1954	5	19	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	5	20	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	5	21	classroom	classroom	NOUN
eltls-1954	5	22	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	5	23	interview	interview	NOUN
eltls-1954	5	24	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	5	25	questionnaire	questionnaire	NOUN
eltls-1954	5	26	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	6	1	based	base	VERB
eltls-1954	6	2	on	on	ADP
eltls-1954	6	3	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	6	4	analysis	analysis	NOUN
eltls-1954	6	5	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	6	6	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	6	7	data	datum	NOUN
eltls-1954	6	8	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	6	9	reveals	reveal	VERB
eltls-1954	6	10	that	that	SCONJ
eltls-1954	6	11	there	there	PRON
eltls-1954	6	12	are	be	VERB
eltls-1954	6	13	three	three	NUM
eltls-1954	6	14	major	major	ADJ
eltls-1954	6	15	conclusions	conclusion	NOUN
eltls-1954	6	16	about	about	ADP
eltls-1954	6	17	teacher	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	6	18	’s	’s	PART
eltls-1954	6	19	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	6	20	switching	switching	NOUN
eltls-1954	6	21	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	6	22	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	6	23	mixing	mixing	NOUN
eltls-1954	6	24	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	6	25	efl	efl	PROPN
eltls-1954	6	26	classroom	classroom	NOUN
eltls-1954	6	27	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	7	1	first	first	ADV
eltls-1954	7	2	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	7	3	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	7	4	switching	switching	NOUN
eltls-1954	7	5	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	7	6	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	7	7	mixing	mixing	NOUN
eltls-1954	7	8	exist	exist	NOUN
eltls-1954	7	9	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	7	10	efl	efl	PROPN
eltls-1954	7	11	classroom	classroom	NOUN
eltls-1954	7	12	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	8	1	second	second	ADV
eltls-1954	8	2	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	8	3	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	8	4	use	use	NOUN
eltls-1954	8	5	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	8	6	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	8	7	switching	switching	NOUN
eltls-1954	8	8	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	8	9	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	8	10	mixing	mixing	NOUN
eltls-1954	8	11	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	8	12	efl	efl	PROPN
eltls-1954	8	13	classroom	classroom	NOUN
eltls-1954	8	14	has	have	AUX
eltls-1954	8	15	various	various	ADJ
eltls-1954	8	16	functions	function	NOUN
eltls-1954	8	17	includes	include	VERB
eltls-1954	8	18	topic	topic	NOUN
eltls-1954	8	19	switch	switch	NOUN
eltls-1954	8	20	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	8	21	affective	affective	NOUN
eltls-1954	8	22	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	8	23	repetitive	repetitive	ADJ
eltls-1954	8	24	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	8	25	directive	directive	NOUN
eltls-1954	8	26	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	8	27	phatic	phatic	ADJ
eltls-1954	8	28	function	function	NOUN
eltls-1954	8	29	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	8	30	as	as	SCONJ
eltls-1954	8	31	proposed	propose	VERB
eltls-1954	8	32	by	by	ADP
eltls-1954	8	33	sert	sert	NOUN
eltls-1954	8	34	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	8	35	2005	2005	NUM
eltls-1954	8	36	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	8	37	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	8	38	apple	apple	NOUN
eltls-1954	8	39	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	8	40	musyken	musyken	VERB
eltls-1954	8	41	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	8	42	2006	2006	NUM
eltls-1954	8	43	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	8	44	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	9	1	third	third	ADJ
eltls-1954	9	2	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	9	3	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	9	4	data	datum	NOUN
eltls-1954	9	5	from	from	ADP
eltls-1954	9	6	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	9	7	questionnaire	questionnaire	NOUN
eltls-1954	9	8	reflects	reflect	VERB
eltls-1954	9	9	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	9	10	positive	positive	ADJ
eltls-1954	9	11	attitude	attitude	NOUN
eltls-1954	9	12	toward	toward	ADP
eltls-1954	9	13	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	9	14	use	use	NOUN
eltls-1954	9	15	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	9	16	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	9	17	switching	switching	NOUN
eltls-1954	9	18	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	9	19	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	9	20	mixing	mix	VERB
eltls-1954	9	21	along	along	ADP
eltls-1954	9	22	teaching	teaching	NOUN
eltls-1954	9	23	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	9	24	learning	learn	VERB
eltls-1954	9	25	activities	activity	NOUN
eltls-1954	9	26	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	9	27	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	9	28	classroom	classroom	NOUN
eltls-1954	9	29	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	10	1	while	while	SCONJ
eltls-1954	10	2	both	both	DET
eltls-1954	10	3	teacher	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	10	4	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	10	5	students	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	10	6	agreed	agree	VERB
eltls-1954	10	7	that	that	SCONJ
eltls-1954	10	8	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	10	9	switching	switching	NOUN
eltls-1954	10	10	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	10	11	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	10	12	mixing	mixing	NOUN
eltls-1954	10	13	can	can	AUX
eltls-1954	10	14	promote	promote	VERB
eltls-1954	10	15	better	well	ADJ
eltls-1954	10	16	understanding	understanding	NOUN
eltls-1954	10	17	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	10	18	be	be	AUX
eltls-1954	10	19	effective	effective	ADJ
eltls-1954	10	20	to	to	PART
eltls-1954	10	21	make	make	VERB
eltls-1954	10	22	students	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	10	23	understand	understand	VERB
eltls-1954	10	24	their	their	PRON
eltls-1954	10	25	teacher	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	10	26	’s	’s	PART
eltls-1954	10	27	practice	practice	NOUN
eltls-1954	10	28	instructions	instruction	NOUN
eltls-1954	10	29	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	10	30	material	material	NOUN
eltls-1954	10	31	explanation	explanation	NOUN
eltls-1954	10	32	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	11	1	keywords	keyword	VERB
eltls-1954	11	2	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	11	3	switching	switching	NOUN
eltls-1954	11	4	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	11	5	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	11	6	mixing	mixing	NOUN
eltls-1954	11	7	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	11	8	attitude	attitude	NOUN
eltls-1954	11	9	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	11	10	classroom	classroom	NOUN
eltls-1954	11	11	www.scholink.org/ojs/index.php/eltls	www.scholink.org/ojs/index.php/eltls	NUM
eltls-1954	11	12	english	english	PROPN
eltls-1954	11	13	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	11	14	teaching	teaching	NOUN
eltls-1954	11	15	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	11	16	linguistics	linguistic	NOUN
eltls-1954	11	17	studies	study	NOUN
eltls-1954	11	18	vol	vol	NOUN
eltls-1954	11	19	.	.	PROPN
eltls-1954	12	1	1	1	NUM
eltls-1954	12	2	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	12	3	no	no	INTJ
eltls-1954	12	4	.	.	NOUN
eltls-1954	12	5	1	1	NUM
eltls-1954	12	6	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	12	7	2019	2019	NUM
eltls-1954	12	8	2	2	NUM
eltls-1954	12	9	published	publish	VERB
eltls-1954	12	10	by	by	ADP
eltls-1954	12	11	scholink	scholink	PROPN
eltls-1954	12	12	inc	inc	PROPN
eltls-1954	12	13	.	.	PROPN
eltls-1954	12	14	1	1	NUM
eltls-1954	12	15	.	.	X
eltls-1954	13	1	introduction	introduction	NOUN
eltls-1954	13	2	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	13	3	speakers	speaker	NOUN
eltls-1954	13	4	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	13	5	multilingual	multilingual	ADJ
eltls-1954	13	6	societies	society	NOUN
eltls-1954	13	7	use	use	VERB
eltls-1954	13	8	varieties	variety	NOUN
eltls-1954	13	9	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	13	10	any	any	DET
eltls-1954	13	11	languages	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	13	12	when	when	SCONJ
eltls-1954	13	13	they	they	PRON
eltls-1954	13	14	speak	speak	VERB
eltls-1954	13	15	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	13	16	bilingualism	bilingualism	NOUN
eltls-1954	13	17	even	even	ADV
eltls-1954	13	18	multilingualism	multilingualism	NOUN
eltls-1954	13	19	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	14	1	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	14	2	bilingual	bilingual	ADJ
eltls-1954	14	3	/	/	SYM
eltls-1954	14	4	multilingual	multilingual	ADJ
eltls-1954	14	5	speakers	speaker	NOUN
eltls-1954	14	6	usually	usually	ADV
eltls-1954	14	7	mix	mix	VERB
eltls-1954	14	8	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	14	9	switch	switch	VERB
eltls-1954	14	10	codes	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	14	11	according	accord	VERB
eltls-1954	14	12	to	to	ADP
eltls-1954	14	13	certain	certain	ADJ
eltls-1954	14	14	personal	personal	ADJ
eltls-1954	14	15	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	14	16	social	social	ADJ
eltls-1954	14	17	conditions	condition	NOUN
eltls-1954	14	18	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	14	19	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	14	20	communication	communication	NOUN
eltls-1954	14	21	they	they	PRON
eltls-1954	14	22	are	be	AUX
eltls-1954	14	23	involved	involve	VERB
eltls-1954	14	24	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	14	25	which	which	PRON
eltls-1954	14	26	called	call	VERB
eltls-1954	14	27	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	14	28	mixing	mixing	NOUN
eltls-1954	14	29	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	14	30	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	14	31	switching	switching	NOUN
eltls-1954	14	32	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	14	33	as	as	ADP
eltls-1954	14	34	wardhaugh	wardhaugh	ADV
eltls-1954	14	35	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	14	36	2010	2010	NUM
eltls-1954	14	37	p.	p.	NOUN
eltls-1954	14	38	98	98	NUM
eltls-1954	14	39	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	14	40	states	state	VERB
eltls-1954	14	41	that	that	SCONJ
eltls-1954	14	42	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	14	43	“	"	PUNCT
eltls-1954	14	44	people	people	NOUN
eltls-1954	14	45	are	be	AUX
eltls-1954	14	46	usually	usually	ADV
eltls-1954	14	47	required	require	VERB
eltls-1954	14	48	to	to	PART
eltls-1954	14	49	select	select	VERB
eltls-1954	14	50	a	a	DET
eltls-1954	14	51	particular	particular	ADJ
eltls-1954	14	52	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	14	53	whenever	whenever	SCONJ
eltls-1954	14	54	they	they	PRON
eltls-1954	14	55	choose	choose	VERB
eltls-1954	14	56	to	to	PART
eltls-1954	14	57	speak	speak	VERB
eltls-1954	14	58	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	14	59	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	14	60	they	they	PRON
eltls-1954	14	61	may	may	AUX
eltls-1954	14	62	also	also	ADV
eltls-1954	14	63	decide	decide	VERB
eltls-1954	14	64	to	to	PART
eltls-1954	14	65	switch	switch	VERB
eltls-1954	14	66	from	from	ADP
eltls-1954	14	67	one	one	NUM
eltls-1954	14	68	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	14	69	to	to	ADP
eltls-1954	14	70	another	another	PRON
eltls-1954	14	71	or	or	CCONJ
eltls-1954	14	72	to	to	PART
eltls-1954	14	73	mix	mix	VERB
eltls-1954	14	74	codes	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	14	75	even	even	ADV
eltls-1954	14	76	within	within	ADP
eltls-1954	14	77	sometimes	sometimes	ADV
eltls-1954	14	78	very	very	ADV
eltls-1954	14	79	short	short	ADJ
eltls-1954	14	80	utterances	utterance	NOUN
eltls-1954	14	81	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	14	82	thereby	thereby	ADV
eltls-1954	14	83	create	create	VERB
eltls-1954	14	84	a	a	DET
eltls-1954	14	85	new	new	ADJ
eltls-1954	14	86	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	14	87	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	14	88	a	a	DET
eltls-1954	14	89	process	process	NOUN
eltls-1954	14	90	known	know	VERB
eltls-1954	14	91	as	as	ADP
eltls-1954	14	92	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	14	93	-	-	PUNCT
eltls-1954	14	94	switching	switching	NOUN
eltls-1954	14	95	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	15	1	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	15	2	-	-	PUNCT
eltls-1954	15	3	switching	switching	NOUN
eltls-1954	15	4	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	15	5	also	also	ADV
eltls-1954	15	6	called	call	VERB
eltls-1954	15	7	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	15	8	-	-	PUNCT
eltls-1954	15	9	mixing	mixing	NOUN
eltls-1954	15	10	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	15	11	can	can	AUX
eltls-1954	15	12	occur	occur	VERB
eltls-1954	15	13	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	15	14	conversation	conversation	NOUN
eltls-1954	15	15	between	between	ADP
eltls-1954	15	16	speakers	speaker	NOUN
eltls-1954	15	17	’	'	PUNCT
eltls-1954	15	18	turns	turn	VERB
eltls-1954	15	19	or	or	CCONJ
eltls-1954	15	20	within	within	ADP
eltls-1954	15	21	a	a	DET
eltls-1954	15	22	single	single	ADJ
eltls-1954	15	23	speaker	speaker	NOUN
eltls-1954	15	24	’s	’s	PART
eltls-1954	15	25	turn	turn	NOUN
eltls-1954	15	26	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	16	1	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	16	2	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	16	3	latter	latter	ADJ
eltls-1954	16	4	case	case	NOUN
eltls-1954	16	5	it	it	PRON
eltls-1954	16	6	can	can	AUX
eltls-1954	16	7	occur	occur	VERB
eltls-1954	16	8	between	between	ADP
eltls-1954	16	9	sentences	sentence	NOUN
eltls-1954	16	10	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	16	11	inter	inter	ADJ
eltls-1954	16	12	-	-	ADJ
eltls-1954	16	13	sentential	sentential	ADJ
eltls-1954	16	14	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	16	15	or	or	CCONJ
eltls-1954	16	16	within	within	ADP
eltls-1954	16	17	a	a	DET
eltls-1954	16	18	single	single	ADJ
eltls-1954	16	19	sentence	sentence	NOUN
eltls-1954	16	20	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	16	21	intra	intra	NOUN
eltls-1954	16	22	-	-	ADJ
eltls-1954	16	23	sententially	sententially	ADV
eltls-1954	16	24	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	16	25	”	"	PUNCT
eltls-1954	16	26	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	17	1	generally	generally	ADV
eltls-1954	17	2	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	17	3	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	17	4	-	-	PUNCT
eltls-1954	17	5	switching	switching	NOUN
eltls-1954	17	6	is	be	AUX
eltls-1954	17	7	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	17	8	mixing	mixing	NOUN
eltls-1954	17	9	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	17	10	words	word	NOUN
eltls-1954	17	11	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	17	12	phrases	phrase	NOUN
eltls-1954	17	13	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	17	14	sentence	sentence	NOUN
eltls-1954	17	15	from	from	ADP
eltls-1954	17	16	two	two	NUM
eltls-1954	17	17	distinct	distinct	ADJ
eltls-1954	17	18	grammatical	grammatical	ADJ
eltls-1954	17	19	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	17	20	sub	sub	NOUN
eltls-1954	17	21	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	17	22	systems	system	NOUN
eltls-1954	17	23	across	across	ADP
eltls-1954	17	24	sentence	sentence	NOUN
eltls-1954	17	25	boundaries	boundary	NOUN
eltls-1954	17	26	within	within	ADP
eltls-1954	17	27	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	17	28	same	same	ADJ
eltls-1954	17	29	speech	speech	NOUN
eltls-1954	17	30	event	event	NOUN
eltls-1954	17	31	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	18	1	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	18	2	-	-	PUNCT
eltls-1954	18	3	mixing	mixing	NOUN
eltls-1954	18	4	is	be	AUX
eltls-1954	18	5	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	18	6	embedding	embedding	NOUN
eltls-1954	18	7	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	18	8	various	various	ADJ
eltls-1954	18	9	linguistic	linguistic	ADJ
eltls-1954	18	10	units	unit	NOUN
eltls-1954	18	11	such	such	ADJ
eltls-1954	18	12	as	as	ADP
eltls-1954	18	13	affixes	affix	NOUN
eltls-1954	18	14	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	18	15	bound	bind	VERB
eltls-1954	18	16	morphemes	morpheme	NOUN
eltls-1954	18	17	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	18	18	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	18	19	words	word	NOUN
eltls-1954	18	20	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	18	21	unbound	unbound	NOUN
eltls-1954	18	22	morphemes	morpheme	NOUN
eltls-1954	18	23	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	18	24	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	18	25	phrases	phrase	NOUN
eltls-1954	18	26	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	18	27	clauses	clause	NOUN
eltls-1954	18	28	from	from	ADP
eltls-1954	18	29	a	a	DET
eltls-1954	18	30	co	co	ADJ
eltls-1954	18	31	-	-	ADJ
eltls-1954	18	32	operative	operative	ADJ
eltls-1954	18	33	activity	activity	NOUN
eltls-1954	18	34	where	where	SCONJ
eltls-1954	18	35	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	18	36	participants	participant	NOUN
eltls-1954	18	37	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	18	38	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	18	39	order	order	NOUN
eltls-1954	18	40	to	to	PART
eltls-1954	18	41	infer	infer	VERB
eltls-1954	18	42	what	what	PRON
eltls-1954	18	43	is	be	AUX
eltls-1954	18	44	intended	intend	VERB
eltls-1954	18	45	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	18	46	must	must	AUX
eltls-1954	18	47	reconcile	reconcile	VERB
eltls-1954	18	48	what	what	PRON
eltls-1954	18	49	they	they	PRON
eltls-1954	18	50	hear	hear	VERB
eltls-1954	18	51	with	with	ADP
eltls-1954	18	52	what	what	PRON
eltls-1954	18	53	they	they	PRON
eltls-1954	18	54	understand	understand	VERB
eltls-1954	18	55	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	18	56	bokamba	bokamba	NOUN
eltls-1954	18	57	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	18	58	1989	1989	NUM
eltls-1954	18	59	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	18	60	cited	cite	VERB
eltls-1954	18	61	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	18	62	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	18	63	ayeomoni	ayeomoni	NOUN
eltls-1954	18	64	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	18	65	2006	2006	NUM
eltls-1954	18	66	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	18	67	p.	p.	NOUN
eltls-1954	18	68	91	91	NUM
eltls-1954	18	69	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	18	70	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	19	1	based	base	VERB
eltls-1954	19	2	on	on	ADP
eltls-1954	19	3	previous	previous	ADJ
eltls-1954	19	4	statement	statement	NOUN
eltls-1954	19	5	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	19	6	it	it	PRON
eltls-1954	19	7	is	be	AUX
eltls-1954	19	8	obvious	obvious	ADJ
eltls-1954	19	9	that	that	SCONJ
eltls-1954	19	10	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	19	11	-	-	PUNCT
eltls-1954	19	12	switching	switch	VERB
eltls-1954	19	13	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	19	14	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	19	15	-	-	PUNCT
eltls-1954	19	16	mixing	mixing	NOUN
eltls-1954	19	17	are	be	AUX
eltls-1954	19	18	part	part	NOUN
eltls-1954	19	19	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	19	20	sociolinguistics	sociolinguistic	NOUN
eltls-1954	19	21	that	that	PRON
eltls-1954	19	22	discuss	discuss	VERB
eltls-1954	19	23	bilingual	bilingual	ADJ
eltls-1954	19	24	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	19	25	multilingual	multilingual	NOUN
eltls-1954	19	26	then	then	ADV
eltls-1954	19	27	clearly	clearly	ADV
eltls-1954	19	28	also	also	ADV
eltls-1954	19	29	submitted	submit	VERB
eltls-1954	19	30	that	that	PRON
eltls-1954	19	31	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	19	32	-	-	PUNCT
eltls-1954	19	33	switching	switching	NOUN
eltls-1954	19	34	is	be	AUX
eltls-1954	19	35	a	a	DET
eltls-1954	19	36	combination	combination	NOUN
eltls-1954	19	37	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	19	38	two	two	NUM
eltls-1954	19	39	languages	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	19	40	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	19	41	more	more	ADJ
eltls-1954	19	42	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	19	43	accordance	accordance	NOUN
eltls-1954	19	44	with	with	ADP
eltls-1954	19	45	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	19	46	rules	rule	NOUN
eltls-1954	19	47	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	19	48	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	19	49	incorporation	incorporation	NOUN
eltls-1954	19	50	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	19	51	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	19	52	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	19	53	such	such	ADJ
eltls-1954	19	54	as	as	ADP
eltls-1954	19	55	merging	merge	VERB
eltls-1954	19	56	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	19	57	word	word	NOUN
eltls-1954	19	58	with	with	ADP
eltls-1954	19	59	words	word	NOUN
eltls-1954	19	60	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	19	61	phrases	phrase	NOUN
eltls-1954	19	62	with	with	ADP
eltls-1954	19	63	phrases	phrase	NOUN
eltls-1954	19	64	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	19	65	sentences	sentence	NOUN
eltls-1954	19	66	with	with	ADP
eltls-1954	19	67	phrases	phrase	NOUN
eltls-1954	19	68	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	20	1	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	20	2	-	-	PUNCT
eltls-1954	20	3	switching	switching	NOUN
eltls-1954	20	4	was	be	AUX
eltls-1954	20	5	done	do	VERB
eltls-1954	20	6	to	to	PART
eltls-1954	20	7	make	make	VERB
eltls-1954	20	8	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	20	9	conversation	conversation	NOUN
eltls-1954	20	10	more	more	ADV
eltls-1954	20	11	acceptable	acceptable	ADJ
eltls-1954	20	12	to	to	ADP
eltls-1954	20	13	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	20	14	listener	listener	NOUN
eltls-1954	20	15	or	or	CCONJ
eltls-1954	20	16	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	20	17	speaker	speaker	NOUN
eltls-1954	20	18	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	20	19	while	while	SCONJ
eltls-1954	20	20	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	20	21	-	-	PUNCT
eltls-1954	20	22	mixing	mixing	NOUN
eltls-1954	20	23	is	be	AUX
eltls-1954	20	24	incorporation	incorporation	NOUN
eltls-1954	20	25	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	20	26	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	20	27	accordance	accordance	NOUN
eltls-1954	20	28	with	with	ADP
eltls-1954	20	29	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	20	30	rules	rule	NOUN
eltls-1954	20	31	by	by	ADP
eltls-1954	20	32	which	which	PRON
eltls-1954	20	33	to	to	PART
eltls-1954	20	34	be	be	AUX
eltls-1954	20	35	heard	hear	VERB
eltls-1954	20	36	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	20	37	understood	understand	VERB
eltls-1954	20	38	by	by	ADP
eltls-1954	20	39	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	20	40	users	user	NOUN
eltls-1954	20	41	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	20	42	these	these	DET
eltls-1954	20	43	languages	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	20	44	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	20	45	this	this	PRON
eltls-1954	20	46	occurs	occur	VERB
eltls-1954	20	47	because	because	SCONJ
eltls-1954	20	48	speakers	speaker	NOUN
eltls-1954	20	49	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	20	50	other	other	ADJ
eltls-1954	20	51	languages	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	20	52	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	20	53	speak	speak	VERB
eltls-1954	20	54	with	with	ADP
eltls-1954	20	55	a	a	DET
eltls-1954	20	56	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	20	57	that	that	PRON
eltls-1954	20	58	is	be	AUX
eltls-1954	20	59	not	not	PART
eltls-1954	20	60	his	his	PRON
eltls-1954	20	61	native	native	ADJ
eltls-1954	20	62	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	20	63	so	so	SCONJ
eltls-1954	20	64	that	that	SCONJ
eltls-1954	20	65	mixing	mixing	NOUN
eltls-1954	20	66	occurs	occur	VERB
eltls-1954	20	67	naturally	naturally	ADV
eltls-1954	20	68	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	21	1	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	21	2	one	one	NUM
eltls-1954	21	3	multilingual	multilingual	ADJ
eltls-1954	21	4	society	society	NOUN
eltls-1954	21	5	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	21	6	indonesia	indonesia	PROPN
eltls-1954	21	7	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	21	8	there	there	PRON
eltls-1954	21	9	are	be	VERB
eltls-1954	21	10	many	many	ADJ
eltls-1954	21	11	people	people	NOUN
eltls-1954	21	12	who	who	PRON
eltls-1954	21	13	speak	speak	VERB
eltls-1954	21	14	two	two	NUM
eltls-1954	21	15	or	or	CCONJ
eltls-1954	21	16	more	more	ADJ
eltls-1954	21	17	languages	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	21	18	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	22	1	therefore	therefore	ADV
eltls-1954	22	2	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	22	3	linguistic	linguistic	ADJ
eltls-1954	22	4	phenomenon	phenomenon	NOUN
eltls-1954	22	5	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	22	6	mixing	mix	VERB
eltls-1954	22	7	or	or	CCONJ
eltls-1954	22	8	switching	switch	VERB
eltls-1954	22	9	languages	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	22	10	is	be	AUX
eltls-1954	22	11	quite	quite	ADV
eltls-1954	22	12	common	common	ADJ
eltls-1954	22	13	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	23	1	for	for	ADP
eltls-1954	23	2	example	example	NOUN
eltls-1954	23	3	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	23	4	many	many	ADJ
eltls-1954	23	5	educated	educate	VERB
eltls-1954	23	6	bilingual	bilingual	ADJ
eltls-1954	23	7	indonesian	indonesian	ADJ
eltls-1954	23	8	speakers	speaker	NOUN
eltls-1954	23	9	frequently	frequently	ADV
eltls-1954	23	10	mix	mix	VERB
eltls-1954	23	11	their	their	PRON
eltls-1954	23	12	national	national	ADJ
eltls-1954	23	13	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	23	14	or	or	CCONJ
eltls-1954	23	15	their	their	PRON
eltls-1954	23	16	regional	regional	ADJ
eltls-1954	23	17	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	23	18	with	with	ADP
eltls-1954	23	19	english	english	PROPN
eltls-1954	23	20	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	24	1	a	a	DET
eltls-1954	24	2	bilingual	bilingual	ADJ
eltls-1954	24	3	or	or	CCONJ
eltls-1954	24	4	multilingual	multilingual	ADJ
eltls-1954	24	5	situation	situation	NOUN
eltls-1954	24	6	can	can	AUX
eltls-1954	24	7	produce	produce	VERB
eltls-1954	24	8	still	still	ADV
eltls-1954	24	9	other	other	ADJ
eltls-1954	24	10	effects	effect	NOUN
eltls-1954	24	11	on	on	ADP
eltls-1954	24	12	one	one	NUM
eltls-1954	24	13	or	or	CCONJ
eltls-1954	24	14	more	more	ADJ
eltls-1954	24	15	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	24	16	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	24	17	languages	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	24	18	involved	involve	VERB
eltls-1954	24	19	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	24	20	wardhaugh	wardhaugh	ADJ
eltls-1954	24	21	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	24	22	2010	2010	NUM
eltls-1954	24	23	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	24	24	p.	p.	NOUN
eltls-1954	24	25	97	97	NUM
eltls-1954	24	26	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	24	27	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	25	1	therefore	therefore	ADV
eltls-1954	25	2	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	25	3	to	to	PART
eltls-1954	25	4	switch	switch	VERB
eltls-1954	25	5	one	one	NUM
eltls-1954	25	6	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	25	7	to	to	ADP
eltls-1954	25	8	another	another	PRON
eltls-1954	25	9	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	25	10	or	or	CCONJ
eltls-1954	25	11	to	to	PART
eltls-1954	25	12	mix	mix	VERB
eltls-1954	25	13	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	25	14	use	use	NOUN
eltls-1954	25	15	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	25	16	two	two	NUM
eltls-1954	25	17	languages	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	25	18	are	be	AUX
eltls-1954	25	19	common	common	ADJ
eltls-1954	25	20	phenomena	phenomenon	NOUN
eltls-1954	25	21	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	25	22	a	a	DET
eltls-1954	25	23	multilingual	multilingual	ADJ
eltls-1954	25	24	context	context	NOUN
eltls-1954	25	25	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	26	1	english	english	ADJ
eltls-1954	26	2	foreign	foreign	ADJ
eltls-1954	26	3	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	26	4	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	26	5	efl	efl	PROPN
eltls-1954	26	6	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	26	7	classroom	classroom	NOUN
eltls-1954	26	8	can	can	AUX
eltls-1954	26	9	be	be	AUX
eltls-1954	26	10	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	26	11	small	small	ADJ
eltls-1954	26	12	context	context	NOUN
eltls-1954	26	13	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	26	14	bilingual	bilingual	ADJ
eltls-1954	26	15	or	or	CCONJ
eltls-1954	26	16	multilingual	multilingual	ADJ
eltls-1954	26	17	setting	setting	NOUN
eltls-1954	26	18	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	26	19	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	26	20	at	at	ADP
eltls-1954	26	21	its	its	PRON
eltls-1954	26	22	most	most	ADV
eltls-1954	26	23	general	general	ADJ
eltls-1954	26	24	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	26	25	entails	entail	VERB
eltls-1954	26	26	switching	switch	VERB
eltls-1954	26	27	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	26	28	mixing	mixing	NOUN
eltls-1954	26	29	by	by	ADP
eltls-1954	26	30	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	26	31	teacher	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	26	32	and/or	and/or	CCONJ
eltls-1954	26	33	learners	learner	NOUN
eltls-1954	26	34	between	between	ADP
eltls-1954	26	35	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	26	36	target	target	NOUN
eltls-1954	26	37	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	26	38	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	26	39	teaching	teaching	NOUN
eltls-1954	26	40	learning	learning	NOUN
eltls-1954	26	41	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	26	42	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	26	43	learners	learner	NOUN
eltls-1954	26	44	‘	'	PUNCT
eltls-1954	26	45	native	native	ADJ
eltls-1954	26	46	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	26	47	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	27	1	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	27	2	-	-	PUNCT
eltls-1954	27	3	switching	switch	VERB
eltls-1954	27	4	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	27	5	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	27	6	mixing	mixing	NOUN
eltls-1954	27	7	is	be	AUX
eltls-1954	27	8	a	a	DET
eltls-1954	27	9	practice	practice	NOUN
eltls-1954	27	10	that	that	PRON
eltls-1954	27	11	enable	enable	VERB
eltls-1954	27	12	learners	learner	NOUN
eltls-1954	27	13	to	to	PART
eltls-1954	27	14	use	use	VERB
eltls-1954	27	15	their	their	PRON
eltls-1954	27	16	native	native	ADJ
eltls-1954	27	17	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	27	18	as	as	ADP
eltls-1954	27	19	a	a	DET
eltls-1954	27	20	learning	learning	NOUN
eltls-1954	27	21	resource	resource	NOUN
eltls-1954	27	22	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	27	23	lin	lin	PROPN
eltls-1954	27	24	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	27	25	2016	2016	NUM
eltls-1954	27	26	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	27	27	p.	p.	NOUN
eltls-1954	27	28	2	2	NUM
eltls-1954	27	29	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	27	30	states	state	VERB
eltls-1954	27	31	that	that	SCONJ
eltls-1954	27	32	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	27	33	classroom	classroom	NOUN
eltls-1954	27	34	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	27	35	-	-	PUNCT
eltls-1954	27	36	switching	switching	NOUN
eltls-1954	27	37	refers	refer	NOUN
eltls-1954	27	38	to	to	ADP
eltls-1954	27	39	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	27	40	alternating	alternate	VERB
eltls-1954	27	41	use	use	NOUN
eltls-1954	27	42	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	27	43	more	more	ADJ
eltls-1954	27	44	than	than	ADP
eltls-1954	27	45	one	one	NUM
eltls-1954	27	46	linguistic	linguistic	ADJ
eltls-1954	27	47	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	27	48	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	27	49	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	27	50	classroom	classroom	NOUN
eltls-1954	27	51	by	by	ADP
eltls-1954	27	52	any	any	PRON
eltls-1954	27	53	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	27	54	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	27	55	classroom	classroom	NOUN
eltls-1954	27	56	participants	participant	NOUN
eltls-1954	27	57	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	27	58	e.g.	e.g.	ADV
eltls-1954	27	59	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	27	60	teacher	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	27	61	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	27	62	students	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	27	63	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	27	64	teacher	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	27	65	aide	aide	NOUN
eltls-1954	27	66	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	27	67	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	28	1	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	28	2	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	28	3	past	past	NOUN
eltls-1954	28	4	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	28	5	some	some	DET
eltls-1954	28	6	studies	study	NOUN
eltls-1954	28	7	proposed	propose	VERB
eltls-1954	28	8	first	first	ADJ
eltls-1954	28	9	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	28	10	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	28	11	l1	l1	PROPN
eltls-1954	28	12	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	28	13	use	use	NOUN
eltls-1954	28	14	contrasted	contrast	VERB
eltls-1954	28	15	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	28	16	pedagogy	pedagogy	NOUN
eltls-1954	28	17	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	28	18	teaching	teach	VERB
eltls-1954	28	19	english	english	PROPN
eltls-1954	28	20	through	through	ADP
eltls-1954	28	21	english	english	PROPN
eltls-1954	28	22	chambers	chamber	NOUN
eltls-1954	28	23	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	28	24	1991	1991	NUM
eltls-1954	28	25	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	28	26	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	28	27	astrid	astrid	PROPN
eltls-1954	28	28	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	28	29	2015	2015	NUM
eltls-1954	28	30	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	28	31	p.	p.	NOUN
eltls-1954	28	32	100	100	NUM
eltls-1954	28	33	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	28	34	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	29	1	for	for	ADP
eltls-1954	29	2	those	those	DET
eltls-1954	29	3	previous	previous	ADJ
eltls-1954	29	4	researches	research	NOUN
eltls-1954	29	5	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	29	6	teaching	teach	VERB
eltls-1954	29	7	through	through	ADP
eltls-1954	29	8	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	29	9	target	target	NOUN
eltls-1954	29	10	www.scholink.org/ojs/index.php/eltls	www.scholink.org/ojs/index.php/eltls	ADJ
eltls-1954	29	11	english	english	PROPN
eltls-1954	29	12	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	29	13	teaching	teaching	NOUN
eltls-1954	29	14	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	29	15	linguistics	linguistic	NOUN
eltls-1954	29	16	studies	study	NOUN
eltls-1954	29	17	vol	vol	NOUN
eltls-1954	29	18	.	.	PROPN
eltls-1954	29	19	1	1	NUM
eltls-1954	29	20	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	29	21	no	no	INTJ
eltls-1954	29	22	.	.	NOUN
eltls-1954	29	23	1	1	NUM
eltls-1954	29	24	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	29	25	2019	2019	NUM
eltls-1954	29	26	3	3	NUM
eltls-1954	29	27	published	publish	VERB
eltls-1954	29	28	by	by	ADP
eltls-1954	29	29	scholink	scholink	PROPN
eltls-1954	29	30	inc	inc	PROPN
eltls-1954	29	31	.	.	PROPN
eltls-1954	29	32	language	language	PROPN
eltls-1954	29	33	makes	make	VERB
eltls-1954	29	34	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	29	35	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	29	36	authentic	authentic	ADJ
eltls-1954	29	37	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	29	38	helps	help	VERB
eltls-1954	29	39	learners	learner	NOUN
eltls-1954	29	40	to	to	PART
eltls-1954	29	41	be	be	AUX
eltls-1954	29	42	familiar	familiar	ADJ
eltls-1954	29	43	with	with	ADP
eltls-1954	29	44	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	29	45	whole	whole	ADJ
eltls-1954	29	46	english	english	ADJ
eltls-1954	29	47	environment	environment	NOUN
eltls-1954	29	48	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	30	1	however	however	ADV
eltls-1954	30	2	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	30	3	according	accord	VERB
eltls-1954	30	4	to	to	ADP
eltls-1954	30	5	tang	tang	PROPN
eltls-1954	30	6	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	30	7	2002	2002	NUM
eltls-1954	30	8	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	30	9	cited	cite	VERB
eltls-1954	30	10	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	30	11	paker	paker	NOUN
eltls-1954	30	12	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	30	13	karaağaç	karaağaç	PROPN
eltls-1954	30	14	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	30	15	2015	2015	NUM
eltls-1954	30	16	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	30	17	p.	p.	NOUN
eltls-1954	30	18	112	112	NUM
eltls-1954	30	19	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	30	20	moderate	moderate	ADJ
eltls-1954	30	21	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	30	22	judicious	judicious	ADJ
eltls-1954	30	23	use	use	NOUN
eltls-1954	30	24	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	30	25	mother	mother	NOUN
eltls-1954	30	26	tongue	tongue	PROPN
eltls-1954	30	27	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	30	28	l1	l1	PROPN
eltls-1954	30	29	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	30	30	is	be	AUX
eltls-1954	30	31	helpful	helpful	ADJ
eltls-1954	30	32	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	30	33	can	can	AUX
eltls-1954	30	34	facilitate	facilitate	VERB
eltls-1954	30	35	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	30	36	learning	learning	NOUN
eltls-1954	30	37	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	30	38	teaching	teaching	NOUN
eltls-1954	30	39	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	30	40	target	target	NOUN
eltls-1954	30	41	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	30	42	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	31	1	paker	paker	NOUN
eltls-1954	31	2	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	31	3	karaagac	karaagac	PROPN
eltls-1954	31	4	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	31	5	2015	2015	NUM
eltls-1954	31	6	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	31	7	p.	p.	NOUN
eltls-1954	31	8	112	112	NUM
eltls-1954	31	9	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	31	10	states	state	VERB
eltls-1954	31	11	that	that	SCONJ
eltls-1954	31	12	teacher	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	31	13	use	use	VERB
eltls-1954	31	14	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	31	15	switching	switch	VERB
eltls-1954	31	16	to	to	PART
eltls-1954	31	17	check	check	VERB
eltls-1954	31	18	understanding	understanding	NOUN
eltls-1954	31	19	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	31	20	to	to	PART
eltls-1954	31	21	clarify	clarify	VERB
eltls-1954	31	22	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	31	23	to	to	PART
eltls-1954	31	24	socialize	socialize	VERB
eltls-1954	31	25	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	32	1	furthermore	furthermore	ADV
eltls-1954	32	2	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	32	3	gumperz	gumperz	NOUN
eltls-1954	32	4	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	32	5	2009	2009	NUM
eltls-1954	32	6	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	32	7	cited	cite	VERB
eltls-1954	32	8	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	32	9	yulyana	yulyana	PROPN
eltls-1954	32	10	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	32	11	2012	2012	NUM
eltls-1954	32	12	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	32	13	p.	p.	NOUN
eltls-1954	32	14	2	2	NUM
eltls-1954	32	15	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	32	16	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	32	17	gives	give	VERB
eltls-1954	32	18	possible	possible	ADJ
eltls-1954	32	19	functions	function	NOUN
eltls-1954	32	20	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	32	21	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	32	22	switching	switching	NOUN
eltls-1954	32	23	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	32	24	such	such	ADJ
eltls-1954	32	25	as	as	ADP
eltls-1954	32	26	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	32	27	reinforcement	reinforcement	NOUN
eltls-1954	32	28	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	32	29	an	an	DET
eltls-1954	32	30	important	important	ADJ
eltls-1954	32	31	message	message	NOUN
eltls-1954	32	32	or	or	CCONJ
eltls-1954	32	33	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	32	34	introduction	introduction	NOUN
eltls-1954	32	35	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	32	36	specific	specific	ADJ
eltls-1954	32	37	connotations	connotation	NOUN
eltls-1954	32	38	linked	link	VERB
eltls-1954	32	39	to	to	ADP
eltls-1954	32	40	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	32	41	other	other	ADJ
eltls-1954	32	42	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	32	43	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	33	1	therefore	therefore	ADV
eltls-1954	33	2	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	33	3	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	33	4	-	-	PUNCT
eltls-1954	33	5	switching	switching	NOUN
eltls-1954	33	6	has	have	VERB
eltls-1954	33	7	positive	positive	ADJ
eltls-1954	33	8	effect	effect	NOUN
eltls-1954	33	9	on	on	ADP
eltls-1954	33	10	learning	learn	VERB
eltls-1954	33	11	processes	process	NOUN
eltls-1954	33	12	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	34	1	therefore	therefore	ADV
eltls-1954	34	2	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	34	3	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	34	4	this	this	DET
eltls-1954	34	5	research	research	NOUN
eltls-1954	34	6	study	study	NOUN
eltls-1954	34	7	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	34	8	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	34	9	writer	writer	NOUN
eltls-1954	34	10	is	be	AUX
eltls-1954	34	11	interested	interested	ADJ
eltls-1954	34	12	to	to	PART
eltls-1954	34	13	focus	focus	VERB
eltls-1954	34	14	on	on	ADP
eltls-1954	34	15	analyzing	analyze	VERB
eltls-1954	34	16	an	an	DET
eltls-1954	34	17	efl	efl	PROPN
eltls-1954	34	18	teacher	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	34	19	’s	’s	PART
eltls-1954	34	20	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	34	21	switching	switching	NOUN
eltls-1954	34	22	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	34	23	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	34	24	mixing	mixing	NOUN
eltls-1954	34	25	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	34	26	english	english	ADJ
eltls-1954	34	27	foreign	foreign	ADJ
eltls-1954	34	28	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	34	29	classrooms	classroom	NOUN
eltls-1954	34	30	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	34	31	smk	smk	PROPN
eltls-1954	34	32	bunga	bunga	PROPN
eltls-1954	34	33	persada	persada	PROPN
eltls-1954	34	34	cianjur	cianjur	PROPN
eltls-1954	34	35	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	35	1	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	35	2	writer	writer	NOUN
eltls-1954	35	3	limited	limit	VERB
eltls-1954	35	4	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	35	5	research	research	NOUN
eltls-1954	35	6	on	on	ADP
eltls-1954	35	7	these	these	DET
eltls-1954	35	8	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	35	9	following	follow	VERB
eltls-1954	35	10	research	research	NOUN
eltls-1954	35	11	focus	focus	NOUN
eltls-1954	35	12	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	35	13	1	1	X
eltls-1954	35	14	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	35	15	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	35	16	frequency	frequency	NOUN
eltls-1954	35	17	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	35	18	teacher	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	35	19	’s	’s	PART
eltls-1954	35	20	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	35	21	switching	switching	NOUN
eltls-1954	35	22	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	35	23	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	35	24	mixing	mixing	NOUN
eltls-1954	35	25	exist	exist	NOUN
eltls-1954	35	26	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	35	27	english	english	ADJ
eltls-1954	35	28	foreign	foreign	ADJ
eltls-1954	35	29	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	35	30	classroom	classroom	NOUN
eltls-1954	35	31	at	at	ADP
eltls-1954	35	32	smk	smk	PROPN
eltls-1954	35	33	bunga	bunga	PROPN
eltls-1954	35	34	persada	persada	PROPN
eltls-1954	35	35	cianjur	cianjur	PROPN
eltls-1954	35	36	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	36	1	2	2	X
eltls-1954	36	2	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	36	3	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	36	4	functions	function	NOUN
eltls-1954	36	5	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	36	6	teacher	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	36	7	’s	’s	PART
eltls-1954	36	8	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	36	9	switching	switching	NOUN
eltls-1954	36	10	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	36	11	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	36	12	mixing	mixing	NOUN
eltls-1954	36	13	used	use	VERB
eltls-1954	36	14	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	36	15	english	english	ADJ
eltls-1954	36	16	foreign	foreign	ADJ
eltls-1954	36	17	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	36	18	classroom	classroom	NOUN
eltls-1954	36	19	at	at	ADP
eltls-1954	36	20	smk	smk	PROPN
eltls-1954	36	21	bunga	bunga	PROPN
eltls-1954	36	22	persada	persada	PROPN
eltls-1954	36	23	cianjur	cianjur	PROPN
eltls-1954	36	24	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	37	1	3	3	X
eltls-1954	37	2	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	37	3	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	37	4	teachers	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	37	5	’	’	PART
eltls-1954	37	6	attitudes	attitude	NOUN
eltls-1954	37	7	towards	towards	ADP
eltls-1954	37	8	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	37	9	use	use	NOUN
eltls-1954	37	10	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	37	11	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	37	12	switching	switching	NOUN
eltls-1954	37	13	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	37	14	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	37	15	mixing	mixing	NOUN
eltls-1954	37	16	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	37	17	english	english	ADJ
eltls-1954	37	18	foreign	foreign	ADJ
eltls-1954	37	19	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	37	20	classroom	classroom	NOUN
eltls-1954	37	21	at	at	ADP
eltls-1954	37	22	smk	smk	PROPN
eltls-1954	37	23	bunga	bunga	PROPN
eltls-1954	37	24	persada	persada	PROPN
eltls-1954	37	25	cianjur	cianjur	PROPN
eltls-1954	37	26	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	38	1	4	4	X
eltls-1954	38	2	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	38	3	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	38	4	students	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	38	5	’	’	PART
eltls-1954	38	6	attitudes	attitude	NOUN
eltls-1954	38	7	towards	towards	ADP
eltls-1954	38	8	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	38	9	use	use	NOUN
eltls-1954	38	10	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	38	11	teacher	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	38	12	’s	’s	PART
eltls-1954	38	13	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	38	14	switching	switching	NOUN
eltls-1954	38	15	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	38	16	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	38	17	mixing	mixing	NOUN
eltls-1954	38	18	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	38	19	english	english	ADJ
eltls-1954	38	20	foreign	foreign	ADJ
eltls-1954	38	21	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	38	22	classroom	classroom	NOUN
eltls-1954	38	23	at	at	ADP
eltls-1954	38	24	smk	smk	PROPN
eltls-1954	38	25	bunga	bunga	PROPN
eltls-1954	38	26	persada	persada	PROPN
eltls-1954	38	27	cianjur	cianjur	PROPN
eltls-1954	38	28	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	39	1	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	39	2	switching	switching	NOUN
eltls-1954	39	3	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	39	4	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	39	5	mixing	mixing	NOUN
eltls-1954	39	6	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	39	7	according	accord	VERB
eltls-1954	39	8	to	to	ADP
eltls-1954	39	9	myers	myers	PROPN
eltls-1954	39	10	-	-	PUNCT
eltls-1954	39	11	scotton	scotton	PROPN
eltls-1954	39	12	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	39	13	2006	2006	NUM
eltls-1954	39	14	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	39	15	p.	p.	NOUN
eltls-1954	39	16	239	239	NUM
eltls-1954	39	17	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	39	18	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	39	19	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	39	20	most	most	ADV
eltls-1954	39	21	general	general	ADJ
eltls-1954	39	22	definition	definition	NOUN
eltls-1954	39	23	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	39	24	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	39	25	switching	switching	NOUN
eltls-1954	39	26	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	39	27	cs	cs	ADJ
eltls-1954	39	28	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	39	29	is	be	AUX
eltls-1954	39	30	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	39	31	use	use	NOUN
eltls-1954	39	32	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	39	33	two	two	NUM
eltls-1954	39	34	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	39	35	varieties	variety	NOUN
eltls-1954	39	36	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	39	37	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	39	38	same	same	ADJ
eltls-1954	39	39	conversation	conversation	NOUN
eltls-1954	39	40	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	40	1	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	40	2	-	-	PUNCT
eltls-1954	40	3	switching	switching	NOUN
eltls-1954	40	4	can	can	AUX
eltls-1954	40	5	be	be	AUX
eltls-1954	40	6	distinguished	distinguish	VERB
eltls-1954	40	7	from	from	ADP
eltls-1954	40	8	other	other	ADJ
eltls-1954	40	9	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	40	10	contact	contact	NOUN
eltls-1954	40	11	phenomena	phenomenon	NOUN
eltls-1954	40	12	such	such	ADJ
eltls-1954	40	13	as	as	ADP
eltls-1954	40	14	loan	loan	NOUN
eltls-1954	40	15	translation	translation	NOUN
eltls-1954	40	16	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	40	17	calques	calque	NOUN
eltls-1954	40	18	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	40	19	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	40	20	borrowing	borrowing	NOUN
eltls-1954	40	21	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	40	22	pidgins	pidgin	NOUN
eltls-1954	40	23	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	40	24	creoles	creole	NOUN
eltls-1954	40	25	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	40	26	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	40	27	transfer	transfer	NOUN
eltls-1954	40	28	or	or	CCONJ
eltls-1954	40	29	interference	interference	NOUN
eltls-1954	40	30	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	41	1	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	41	2	this	this	DET
eltls-1954	41	3	respect	respect	NOUN
eltls-1954	41	4	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	41	5	he	he	PRON
eltls-1954	41	6	notes	note	VERB
eltls-1954	41	7	that	that	SCONJ
eltls-1954	41	8	not	not	PART
eltls-1954	41	9	only	only	ADV
eltls-1954	41	10	contextual	contextual	ADJ
eltls-1954	41	11	factors	factor	NOUN
eltls-1954	41	12	play	play	VERB
eltls-1954	41	13	a	a	DET
eltls-1954	41	14	role	role	NOUN
eltls-1954	41	15	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	41	16	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	41	17	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	41	18	choice	choice	NOUN
eltls-1954	41	19	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	41	20	but	but	CCONJ
eltls-1954	41	21	factors	factor	NOUN
eltls-1954	41	22	such	such	ADJ
eltls-1954	41	23	as	as	ADP
eltls-1954	41	24	social	social	ADJ
eltls-1954	41	25	identity	identity	NOUN
eltls-1954	41	26	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	41	27	educational	educational	ADJ
eltls-1954	41	28	background	background	NOUN
eltls-1954	41	29	also	also	ADV
eltls-1954	41	30	affect	affect	VERB
eltls-1954	41	31	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	41	32	speaker	speaker	NOUN
eltls-1954	41	33	’s	’s	PART
eltls-1954	41	34	choice	choice	NOUN
eltls-1954	41	35	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	41	36	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	41	37	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	42	1	musyken	musyken	VERB
eltls-1954	42	2	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	42	3	2000	2000	NUM
eltls-1954	42	4	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	42	5	p.	p.	NOUN
eltls-1954	42	6	109	109	NUM
eltls-1954	42	7	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	42	8	defines	define	VERB
eltls-1954	42	9	that	that	SCONJ
eltls-1954	42	10	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	42	11	term	term	NOUN
eltls-1954	42	12	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	42	13	mixing	mix	VERB
eltls-1954	42	14	refers	refer	VERB
eltls-1954	42	15	to	to	ADP
eltls-1954	42	16	all	all	DET
eltls-1954	42	17	cases	case	NOUN
eltls-1954	42	18	where	where	SCONJ
eltls-1954	42	19	lexical	lexical	ADJ
eltls-1954	42	20	item	item	NOUN
eltls-1954	42	21	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	42	22	grammatical	grammatical	ADJ
eltls-1954	42	23	features	feature	NOUN
eltls-1954	42	24	from	from	ADP
eltls-1954	42	25	two	two	NUM
eltls-1954	42	26	languages	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	42	27	appear	appear	VERB
eltls-1954	42	28	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	42	29	one	one	NUM
eltls-1954	42	30	sentence	sentence	NOUN
eltls-1954	42	31	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	43	1	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	43	2	he	he	PRON
eltls-1954	43	3	also	also	ADV
eltls-1954	43	4	defines	define	VERB
eltls-1954	43	5	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	43	6	codemixing	codemixe	VERB
eltls-1954	43	7	pieces	piece	NOUN
eltls-1954	43	8	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	43	9	one	one	NUM
eltls-1954	43	10	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	43	11	are	be	AUX
eltls-1954	43	12	used	use	VERB
eltls-1954	43	13	while	while	SCONJ
eltls-1954	43	14	a	a	DET
eltls-1954	43	15	speaker	speaker	NOUN
eltls-1954	43	16	is	be	AUX
eltls-1954	43	17	basically	basically	ADV
eltls-1954	43	18	using	use	VERB
eltls-1954	43	19	another	another	DET
eltls-1954	43	20	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	43	21	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	44	1	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	44	2	researcher	researcher	NOUN
eltls-1954	44	3	can	can	AUX
eltls-1954	44	4	conclude	conclude	VERB
eltls-1954	44	5	that	that	PRON
eltls-1954	44	6	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	44	7	mixing	mixing	NOUN
eltls-1954	44	8	is	be	AUX
eltls-1954	44	9	a	a	DET
eltls-1954	44	10	mixture	mixture	NOUN
eltls-1954	44	11	between	between	ADP
eltls-1954	44	12	two	two	NUM
eltls-1954	44	13	or	or	CCONJ
eltls-1954	44	14	more	more	ADJ
eltls-1954	44	15	languages	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	44	16	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	44	17	which	which	PRON
eltls-1954	44	18	there	there	PRON
eltls-1954	44	19	is	be	VERB
eltls-1954	44	20	a	a	DET
eltls-1954	44	21	dominant	dominant	ADJ
eltls-1954	44	22	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	44	23	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	44	24	inserted	insert	VERB
eltls-1954	44	25	with	with	ADP
eltls-1954	44	26	different	different	ADJ
eltls-1954	44	27	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	44	28	to	to	PART
eltls-1954	44	29	give	give	VERB
eltls-1954	44	30	appropriate	appropriate	ADJ
eltls-1954	44	31	context	context	NOUN
eltls-1954	44	32	to	to	ADP
eltls-1954	44	33	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	44	34	audience	audience	NOUN
eltls-1954	44	35	or	or	CCONJ
eltls-1954	44	36	listener	listener	NOUN
eltls-1954	44	37	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	44	38	one	one	NUM
eltls-1954	44	39	social	social	ADJ
eltls-1954	44	40	situation	situation	NOUN
eltls-1954	44	41	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	45	1	syafrizal	syafrizal	VERB
eltls-1954	45	2	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	45	3	astridyah	astridyah	PROPN
eltls-1954	45	4	r	r	NOUN
eltls-1954	45	5	sari	sari	NOUN
eltls-1954	45	6	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	45	7	2017	2017	NUM
eltls-1954	45	8	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	45	9	p.	p.	NOUN
eltls-1954	45	10	121	121	NUM
eltls-1954	45	11	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	45	12	states	state	VERB
eltls-1954	45	13	that	that	SCONJ
eltls-1954	45	14	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	45	15	it	it	PRON
eltls-1954	45	16	is	be	AUX
eltls-1954	45	17	not	not	PART
eltls-1954	45	18	always	always	ADV
eltls-1954	45	19	easy	easy	ADJ
eltls-1954	45	20	to	to	PART
eltls-1954	45	21	distinguish	distinguish	VERB
eltls-1954	45	22	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	45	23	mixing	mix	VERB
eltls-1954	45	24	from	from	ADP
eltls-1954	45	25	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	45	26	switching	switching	NOUN
eltls-1954	45	27	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	46	1	like	like	ADP
eltls-1954	46	2	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	46	3	switching	switching	NOUN
eltls-1954	46	4	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	46	5	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	46	6	mixing	mixing	NOUN
eltls-1954	46	7	is	be	AUX
eltls-1954	46	8	a	a	DET
eltls-1954	46	9	strategy	strategy	NOUN
eltls-1954	46	10	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	46	11	bilingual	bilingual	ADJ
eltls-1954	46	12	speaker	speaker	NOUN
eltls-1954	46	13	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	46	14	whereas	whereas	SCONJ
eltls-1954	46	15	borrowing	borrowing	NOUN
eltls-1954	46	16	is	be	AUX
eltls-1954	46	17	not	not	PART
eltls-1954	46	18	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	46	19	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	46	20	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	46	21	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	46	22	sense	sense	NOUN
eltls-1954	46	23	that	that	SCONJ
eltls-1954	46	24	it	it	PRON
eltls-1954	46	25	is	be	AUX
eltls-1954	46	26	a	a	DET
eltls-1954	46	27	fact	fact	NOUN
eltls-1954	46	28	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	46	29	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	46	30	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	46	31	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	46	32	monolinguals	monolingual	NOUN
eltls-1954	46	33	can	can	AUX
eltls-1954	46	34	make	make	VERB
eltls-1954	46	35	use	use	NOUN
eltls-1954	46	36	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	46	37	it	it	PRON
eltls-1954	46	38	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	47	1	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	47	2	mixing	mix	VERB
eltls-1954	47	3	can	can	AUX
eltls-1954	47	4	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	47	5	course	course	NOUN
eltls-1954	47	6	express	express	VERB
eltls-1954	47	7	a	a	DET
eltls-1954	47	8	lack	lack	NOUN
eltls-1954	47	9	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	47	10	competence	competence	NOUN
eltls-1954	47	11	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	47	12	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	47	13	base	base	NOUN
eltls-1954	47	14	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	47	15	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	47	16	such	such	ADJ
eltls-1954	47	17	as	as	ADP
eltls-1954	47	18	lexical	lexical	ADJ
eltls-1954	47	19	items	item	NOUN
eltls-1954	47	20	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	47	21	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	47	22	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	47	23	this	this	DET
eltls-1954	47	24	case	case	NOUN
eltls-1954	47	25	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	47	26	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	47	27	mixing	mixing	NOUN
eltls-1954	47	28	can	can	AUX
eltls-1954	47	29	compensate	compensate	VERB
eltls-1954	47	30	for	for	ADP
eltls-1954	47	31	this	this	PRON
eltls-1954	47	32	deficiently	deficiently	ADV
eltls-1954	47	33	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	48	1	however	however	ADV
eltls-1954	48	2	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	48	3	as	as	ADP
eltls-1954	48	4	for	for	ADP
eltls-1954	48	5	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	48	6	switching	switching	NOUN
eltls-1954	48	7	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	48	8	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	48	9	mixing	mixing	NOUN
eltls-1954	48	10	can	can	AUX
eltls-1954	48	11	be	be	AUX
eltls-1954	48	12	a	a	DET
eltls-1954	48	13	bilingual	bilingual	ADJ
eltls-1954	48	14	’s	’s	PART
eltls-1954	48	15	specific	specific	ADJ
eltls-1954	48	16	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	48	17	which	which	PRON
eltls-1954	48	18	enables	enable	VERB
eltls-1954	48	19	him	he	PRON
eltls-1954	48	20	to	to	PART
eltls-1954	48	21	express	express	VERB
eltls-1954	48	22	attitudes	attitude	NOUN
eltls-1954	48	23	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	48	24	intentions	intention	NOUN
eltls-1954	48	25	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	48	26	roles	role	NOUN
eltls-1954	48	27	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	48	28	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	48	29	to	to	PART
eltls-1954	48	30	identify	identify	VERB
eltls-1954	48	31	with	with	ADP
eltls-1954	48	32	a	a	DET
eltls-1954	48	33	particular	particular	ADJ
eltls-1954	48	34	group	group	NOUN
eltls-1954	48	35	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	49	1	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	49	2	switching	switching	NOUN
eltls-1954	49	3	can	can	AUX
eltls-1954	49	4	be	be	AUX
eltls-1954	49	5	viewed	view	VERB
eltls-1954	49	6	from	from	ADP
eltls-1954	49	7	a	a	DET
eltls-1954	49	8	grammatical	grammatical	ADJ
eltls-1954	49	9	perspective	perspective	NOUN
eltls-1954	49	10	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	49	11	as	as	ADV
eltls-1954	49	12	well	well	ADV
eltls-1954	49	13	as	as	ADP
eltls-1954	49	14	from	from	ADP
eltls-1954	49	15	a	a	DET
eltls-1954	49	16	sociolinguistic	sociolinguistic	ADJ
eltls-1954	49	17	perspective	perspective	NOUN
eltls-1954	49	18	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	49	19	van	van	PROPN
eltls-1954	49	20	dulm	dulm	NOUN
eltls-1954	49	21	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	49	22	2007	2007	NUM
eltls-1954	49	23	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	49	24	pp	pp	ADJ
eltls-1954	49	25	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	50	1	12	12	NUM
eltls-1954	50	2	-	-	SYM
eltls-1954	50	3	15	15	NUM
eltls-1954	50	4	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	50	5	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	51	1	grammatically	grammatically	ADV
eltls-1954	51	2	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	51	3	there	there	PRON
eltls-1954	51	4	are	be	VERB
eltls-1954	51	5	three	three	NUM
eltls-1954	51	6	types	type	NOUN
eltls-1954	51	7	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	51	8	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	51	9	switches	switch	NOUN
eltls-1954	51	10	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	52	1	poplack	poplack	NOUN
eltls-1954	52	2	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	52	3	1980	1980	NUM
eltls-1954	52	4	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	52	5	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	52	6	cited	cite	VERB
eltls-1954	52	7	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	52	8	alheeti	alheeti	PROPN
eltls-1954	52	9	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	52	10	2016	2016	NUM
eltls-1954	52	11	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	52	12	p.	p.	NOUN
eltls-1954	52	13	11	11	NUM
eltls-1954	52	14	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	52	15	proposed	propose	VERB
eltls-1954	52	16	a	a	DET
eltls-1954	52	17	well	well	ADV
eltls-1954	52	18	-	-	PUNCT
eltls-1954	52	19	known	know	VERB
eltls-1954	52	20	framework	framework	NOUN
eltls-1954	52	21	that	that	PRON
eltls-1954	52	22	identifies	identify	VERB
eltls-1954	52	23	three	three	NUM
eltls-1954	52	24	different	different	ADJ
eltls-1954	52	25	types	type	NOUN
eltls-1954	52	26	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	52	27	switching	switching	NOUN
eltls-1954	52	28	which	which	PRON
eltls-1954	52	29	are	be	AUX
eltls-1954	52	30	tag	tag	NOUN
eltls-1954	52	31	-	-	PUNCT
eltls-1954	52	32	switching	switch	VERB
eltls-1954	52	33	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	52	34	inter	inter	ADJ
eltls-1954	52	35	-	-	ADJ
eltls-1954	52	36	sentential	sentential	ADJ
eltls-1954	52	37	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	52	38	intra	intra	ADJ
eltls-1954	52	39	-	-	ADJ
eltls-1954	52	40	sentential	sentential	ADJ
eltls-1954	52	41	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	53	1	tag	tag	NOUN
eltls-1954	53	2	-	-	PUNCT
eltls-1954	53	3	switching	switch	VERB
eltls-1954	53	4	www.scholink.org/ojs/index.php/eltls	www.scholink.org/ojs/index.php/eltls	ADJ
eltls-1954	53	5	english	english	ADJ
eltls-1954	53	6	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	53	7	teaching	teaching	NOUN
eltls-1954	53	8	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	53	9	linguistics	linguistic	NOUN
eltls-1954	53	10	studies	study	NOUN
eltls-1954	53	11	vol	vol	NOUN
eltls-1954	53	12	.	.	PROPN
eltls-1954	54	1	1	1	NUM
eltls-1954	54	2	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	54	3	no	no	INTJ
eltls-1954	54	4	.	.	NOUN
eltls-1954	54	5	1	1	NUM
eltls-1954	54	6	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	54	7	2019	2019	NUM
eltls-1954	54	8	4	4	NUM
eltls-1954	54	9	published	publish	VERB
eltls-1954	54	10	by	by	ADP
eltls-1954	54	11	scholink	scholink	PROPN
eltls-1954	54	12	inc	inc	PROPN
eltls-1954	54	13	.	.	PROPN
eltls-1954	54	14	involves	involve	VERB
eltls-1954	54	15	inserting	insert	VERB
eltls-1954	54	16	a	a	DET
eltls-1954	54	17	tag	tag	NOUN
eltls-1954	54	18	or	or	CCONJ
eltls-1954	54	19	short	short	ADJ
eltls-1954	54	20	phrase	phrase	NOUN
eltls-1954	54	21	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	54	22	one	one	NUM
eltls-1954	54	23	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	54	24	into	into	ADP
eltls-1954	54	25	an	an	DET
eltls-1954	54	26	utterance	utterance	NOUN
eltls-1954	54	27	that	that	PRON
eltls-1954	54	28	is	be	AUX
eltls-1954	54	29	otherwise	otherwise	ADV
eltls-1954	54	30	entirely	entirely	ADV
eltls-1954	54	31	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	54	32	another	another	DET
eltls-1954	54	33	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	54	34	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	55	1	this	this	DET
eltls-1954	55	2	type	type	NOUN
eltls-1954	55	3	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	55	4	cs	cs	PROPN
eltls-1954	55	5	occurs	occur	VERB
eltls-1954	55	6	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	55	7	most	most	ADV
eltls-1954	55	8	easily	easily	ADV
eltls-1954	55	9	for	for	ADP
eltls-1954	55	10	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	55	11	reason	reason	NOUN
eltls-1954	55	12	being	be	AUX
eltls-1954	55	13	that	that	SCONJ
eltls-1954	55	14	tags	tag	NOUN
eltls-1954	55	15	typically	typically	ADV
eltls-1954	55	16	contain	contain	VERB
eltls-1954	55	17	minimal	minimal	ADJ
eltls-1954	55	18	syntactic	syntactic	ADJ
eltls-1954	55	19	restrictions	restriction	NOUN
eltls-1954	55	20	;	;	PUNCT
eltls-1954	55	21	thus	thus	ADV
eltls-1954	55	22	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	55	23	they	they	PRON
eltls-1954	55	24	do	do	AUX
eltls-1954	55	25	not	not	PART
eltls-1954	55	26	break	break	VERB
eltls-1954	55	27	syntactic	syntactic	ADJ
eltls-1954	55	28	rules	rule	NOUN
eltls-1954	55	29	when	when	SCONJ
eltls-1954	55	30	inserted	insert	VERB
eltls-1954	55	31	into	into	ADP
eltls-1954	55	32	a	a	DET
eltls-1954	55	33	sentence	sentence	NOUN
eltls-1954	55	34	that	that	PRON
eltls-1954	55	35	is	be	AUX
eltls-1954	55	36	given	give	VERB
eltls-1954	55	37	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	55	38	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	55	39	l1	l1	PROPN
eltls-1954	55	40	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	55	41	hamers	hamer	NOUN
eltls-1954	55	42	&	&	CCONJ
eltls-1954	55	43	blanc	blanc	NOUN
eltls-1954	55	44	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	55	45	2000	2000	NUM
eltls-1954	55	46	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	55	47	p.	p.	NOUN
eltls-1954	55	48	259	259	NUM
eltls-1954	55	49	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	55	50	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	56	1	inter	inter	ADJ
eltls-1954	56	2	-	-	ADJ
eltls-1954	56	3	sentential	sentential	ADJ
eltls-1954	56	4	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	56	5	switching	switch	VERB
eltls-1954	56	6	involves	involve	VERB
eltls-1954	56	7	switching	switch	VERB
eltls-1954	56	8	at	at	ADP
eltls-1954	56	9	sentential	sentential	ADJ
eltls-1954	56	10	boundaries	boundary	NOUN
eltls-1954	56	11	where	where	SCONJ
eltls-1954	56	12	one	one	NUM
eltls-1954	56	13	clause	clause	NOUN
eltls-1954	56	14	or	or	CCONJ
eltls-1954	56	15	sentence	sentence	NOUN
eltls-1954	56	16	is	be	AUX
eltls-1954	56	17	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	56	18	one	one	NUM
eltls-1954	56	19	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	56	20	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	56	21	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	56	22	next	next	ADJ
eltls-1954	56	23	clause	clause	NOUN
eltls-1954	56	24	or	or	CCONJ
eltls-1954	56	25	sentence	sentence	NOUN
eltls-1954	56	26	is	be	AUX
eltls-1954	56	27	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	56	28	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	56	29	other	other	ADJ
eltls-1954	56	30	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	57	1	intra	intra	ADJ
eltls-1954	57	2	-	-	ADJ
eltls-1954	57	3	sentential	sentential	ADJ
eltls-1954	57	4	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	57	5	switching	switching	NOUN
eltls-1954	57	6	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	57	7	according	accord	VERB
eltls-1954	57	8	to	to	ADP
eltls-1954	57	9	poplack	poplack	NOUN
eltls-1954	57	10	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	57	11	1980	1980	NUM
eltls-1954	57	12	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	57	13	cited	cite	VERB
eltls-1954	57	14	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	57	15	al	al	PROPN
eltls-1954	57	16	heeti	heeti	PROPN
eltls-1954	57	17	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	57	18	2016	2016	NUM
eltls-1954	57	19	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	57	20	p.	p.	NOUN
eltls-1954	57	21	11	11	NUM
eltls-1954	57	22	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	57	23	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	57	24	is	be	AUX
eltls-1954	57	25	possibly	possibly	ADV
eltls-1954	57	26	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	57	27	most	most	ADV
eltls-1954	57	28	complex	complex	ADJ
eltls-1954	57	29	type	type	NOUN
eltls-1954	57	30	among	among	ADP
eltls-1954	57	31	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	57	32	three	three	NUM
eltls-1954	57	33	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	57	34	as	as	SCONJ
eltls-1954	57	35	it	it	PRON
eltls-1954	57	36	can	can	AUX
eltls-1954	57	37	occur	occur	VERB
eltls-1954	57	38	at	at	ADP
eltls-1954	57	39	clausal	clausal	NOUN
eltls-1954	57	40	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	57	41	sentential	sentential	ADJ
eltls-1954	57	42	or	or	CCONJ
eltls-1954	57	43	even	even	ADV
eltls-1954	57	44	word	word	NOUN
eltls-1954	57	45	level	level	NOUN
eltls-1954	57	46	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	58	1	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	58	2	addition	addition	NOUN
eltls-1954	58	3	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	58	4	from	from	ADP
eltls-1954	58	5	a	a	DET
eltls-1954	58	6	sociolinguistic	sociolinguistic	ADJ
eltls-1954	58	7	perspective	perspective	NOUN
eltls-1954	58	8	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	58	9	there	there	PRON
eltls-1954	58	10	are	be	VERB
eltls-1954	58	11	two	two	NUM
eltls-1954	58	12	types	type	NOUN
eltls-1954	58	13	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	58	14	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	58	15	switching	switching	NOUN
eltls-1954	58	16	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	58	17	namely	namely	ADV
eltls-1954	58	18	metaphorical	metaphorical	ADJ
eltls-1954	58	19	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	58	20	situational	situational	ADJ
eltls-1954	58	21	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	58	22	switching	switching	NOUN
eltls-1954	58	23	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	58	24	van	van	PROPN
eltls-1954	58	25	dulm	dulm	NOUN
eltls-1954	58	26	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	58	27	2007	2007	NUM
eltls-1954	58	28	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	58	29	p.	p.	NOUN
eltls-1954	58	30	15	15	NUM
eltls-1954	58	31	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	58	32	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	59	1	metaphorical	metaphorical	ADJ
eltls-1954	59	2	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	59	3	switching	switch	VERB
eltls-1954	59	4	refers	refer	VERB
eltls-1954	59	5	to	to	ADP
eltls-1954	59	6	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	59	7	process	process	NOUN
eltls-1954	59	8	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	59	9	which	which	PRON
eltls-1954	59	10	a	a	DET
eltls-1954	59	11	bilingual	bilingual	ADJ
eltls-1954	59	12	speaker	speaker	NOUN
eltls-1954	59	13	changes	change	VERB
eltls-1954	59	14	codes	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	59	15	because	because	SCONJ
eltls-1954	59	16	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	59	17	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	59	18	change	change	NOUN
eltls-1954	59	19	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	59	20	what	what	PRON
eltls-1954	59	21	is	be	AUX
eltls-1954	59	22	being	be	AUX
eltls-1954	59	23	talked	talk	VERB
eltls-1954	59	24	about	about	ADP
eltls-1954	59	25	“	"	PUNCT
eltls-1954	59	26	metaphorical	metaphorical	ADJ
eltls-1954	59	27	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	59	28	-	-	PUNCT
eltls-1954	59	29	switching	switching	NOUN
eltls-1954	59	30	occurs	occur	VERB
eltls-1954	59	31	when	when	SCONJ
eltls-1954	59	32	a	a	DET
eltls-1954	59	33	change	change	NOUN
eltls-1954	59	34	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	59	35	topic	topic	NOUN
eltls-1954	59	36	requires	require	VERB
eltls-1954	59	37	a	a	DET
eltls-1954	59	38	change	change	NOUN
eltls-1954	59	39	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	59	40	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	59	41	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	59	42	used	use	VERB
eltls-1954	59	43	”	"	PUNCT
eltls-1954	59	44	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	59	45	wardhaugh	wardhaugh	ADJ
eltls-1954	59	46	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	59	47	2010	2010	NUM
eltls-1954	59	48	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	59	49	p.	p.	NOUN
eltls-1954	59	50	104	104	NUM
eltls-1954	59	51	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	59	52	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	60	1	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	60	2	interesting	interesting	ADJ
eltls-1954	60	3	point	point	NOUN
eltls-1954	60	4	here	here	ADV
eltls-1954	60	5	is	be	AUX
eltls-1954	60	6	that	that	SCONJ
eltls-1954	60	7	some	some	DET
eltls-1954	60	8	topics	topic	NOUN
eltls-1954	60	9	may	may	AUX
eltls-1954	60	10	be	be	AUX
eltls-1954	60	11	discussed	discuss	VERB
eltls-1954	60	12	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	60	13	either	either	DET
eltls-1954	60	14	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	60	15	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	60	16	but	but	CCONJ
eltls-1954	60	17	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	60	18	choice	choice	NOUN
eltls-1954	60	19	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	60	20	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	60	21	adds	add	VERB
eltls-1954	60	22	a	a	DET
eltls-1954	60	23	distinct	distinct	NOUN
eltls-1954	60	24	to	to	ADP
eltls-1954	60	25	what	what	PRON
eltls-1954	60	26	is	be	AUX
eltls-1954	60	27	said	say	VERB
eltls-1954	60	28	about	about	ADP
eltls-1954	60	29	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	60	30	topic	topic	NOUN
eltls-1954	60	31	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	61	1	situational	situational	ADJ
eltls-1954	61	2	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	61	3	switching	switch	VERB
eltls-1954	61	4	refers	refer	VERB
eltls-1954	61	5	to	to	ADP
eltls-1954	61	6	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	61	7	process	process	NOUN
eltls-1954	61	8	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	61	9	which	which	PRON
eltls-1954	61	10	a	a	DET
eltls-1954	61	11	bilingual	bilingual	ADJ
eltls-1954	61	12	person	person	NOUN
eltls-1954	61	13	often	often	ADV
eltls-1954	61	14	switches	switch	VERB
eltls-1954	61	15	from	from	ADP
eltls-1954	61	16	one	one	NUM
eltls-1954	61	17	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	61	18	to	to	ADP
eltls-1954	61	19	another	another	PRON
eltls-1954	61	20	depending	depend	VERB
eltls-1954	61	21	on	on	ADP
eltls-1954	61	22	whom	whom	PRON
eltls-1954	61	23	that	that	DET
eltls-1954	61	24	person	person	NOUN
eltls-1954	61	25	is	be	AUX
eltls-1954	61	26	talking	talk	VERB
eltls-1954	61	27	to	to	ADP
eltls-1954	61	28	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	62	1	wardhaugh	wardhaugh	ADV
eltls-1954	62	2	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	62	3	2010	2010	NUM
eltls-1954	62	4	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	62	5	p.	p.	NOUN
eltls-1954	62	6	101	101	NUM
eltls-1954	62	7	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	62	8	also	also	ADV
eltls-1954	62	9	states	state	VERB
eltls-1954	62	10	that	that	SCONJ
eltls-1954	62	11	situational	situational	ADJ
eltls-1954	62	12	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	62	13	-	-	PUNCT
eltls-1954	62	14	switching	switching	NOUN
eltls-1954	62	15	occurs	occur	VERB
eltls-1954	62	16	when	when	SCONJ
eltls-1954	62	17	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	62	18	languages	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	62	19	used	use	VERB
eltls-1954	62	20	change	change	NOUN
eltls-1954	62	21	according	accord	VERB
eltls-1954	62	22	to	to	ADP
eltls-1954	62	23	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	62	24	situations	situation	NOUN
eltls-1954	62	25	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	62	26	which	which	PRON
eltls-1954	62	27	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	62	28	conversant	conversant	NOUN
eltls-1954	62	29	find	find	VERB
eltls-1954	62	30	themselves	themselves	PRON
eltls-1954	62	31	according	accord	VERB
eltls-1954	62	32	to	to	ADP
eltls-1954	62	33	sert	sert	NOUN
eltls-1954	62	34	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	62	35	2005	2005	NUM
eltls-1954	62	36	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	62	37	p.	p.	NOUN
eltls-1954	62	38	2	2	NUM
eltls-1954	62	39	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	62	40	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	62	41	functionality	functionality	NOUN
eltls-1954	62	42	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	62	43	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	62	44	switching	switch	VERB
eltls-1954	62	45	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	62	46	teachers	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	62	47	’	'	PUNCT
eltls-1954	62	48	classroom	classroom	NOUN
eltls-1954	62	49	discourse	discourse	NOUN
eltls-1954	62	50	will	will	AUX
eltls-1954	62	51	be	be	AUX
eltls-1954	62	52	introduced	introduce	VERB
eltls-1954	62	53	with	with	ADP
eltls-1954	62	54	its	its	PRON
eltls-1954	62	55	aspects	aspect	NOUN
eltls-1954	62	56	as	as	ADP
eltls-1954	62	57	:	:	PUNCT
eltls-1954	62	58	topic	topic	NOUN
eltls-1954	62	59	switch	switch	NOUN
eltls-1954	62	60	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	62	61	affective	affective	NOUN
eltls-1954	62	62	functions	function	NOUN
eltls-1954	62	63	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	62	64	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	62	65	repetitive	repetitive	ADJ
eltls-1954	62	66	functions	function	NOUN
eltls-1954	62	67	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	63	1	appel	appel	PROPN
eltls-1954	63	2	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	63	3	muysken	muysken	PROPN
eltls-1954	63	4	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	63	5	2006	2006	NUM
eltls-1954	63	6	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	63	7	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	63	8	fong	fong	PROPN
eltls-1954	63	9	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	63	10	2011	2011	NUM
eltls-1954	63	11	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	63	12	p.	p.	NOUN
eltls-1954	63	13	14	14	NUM
eltls-1954	63	14	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	63	15	lists	list	VERB
eltls-1954	63	16	six	six	NUM
eltls-1954	63	17	main	main	ADJ
eltls-1954	63	18	functions	function	NOUN
eltls-1954	63	19	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	63	20	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	63	21	switching	switching	NOUN
eltls-1954	63	22	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	63	23	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	63	24	mixing	mixing	NOUN
eltls-1954	63	25	:	:	PUNCT
eltls-1954	63	26	1	1	NUM
eltls-1954	63	27	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	63	28	referential	referential	ADJ
eltls-1954	63	29	function	function	NOUN
eltls-1954	63	30	:	:	PUNCT
eltls-1954	63	31	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	63	32	-	-	PUNCT
eltls-1954	63	33	switching	switching	NOUN
eltls-1954	63	34	involves	involve	VERB
eltls-1954	63	35	lack	lack	NOUN
eltls-1954	63	36	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	63	37	knowledge	knowledge	NOUN
eltls-1954	63	38	or	or	CCONJ
eltls-1954	63	39	facility	facility	NOUN
eltls-1954	63	40	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	63	41	a	a	DET
eltls-1954	63	42	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	63	43	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	64	1	hence	hence	ADV
eltls-1954	64	2	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	64	3	bilingual	bilingual	ADJ
eltls-1954	64	4	speakers	speaker	NOUN
eltls-1954	64	5	switch	switch	VERB
eltls-1954	64	6	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	64	7	when	when	SCONJ
eltls-1954	64	8	they	they	PRON
eltls-1954	64	9	do	do	AUX
eltls-1954	64	10	not	not	PART
eltls-1954	64	11	know	know	VERB
eltls-1954	64	12	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	64	13	word	word	NOUN
eltls-1954	64	14	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	65	1	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	65	2	speaker	speaker	NOUN
eltls-1954	65	3	switches	switch	VERB
eltls-1954	65	4	from	from	ADP
eltls-1954	65	5	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	65	6	a	a	DET
eltls-1954	65	7	to	to	ADP
eltls-1954	65	8	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	65	9	b	b	NOUN
eltls-1954	65	10	because	because	SCONJ
eltls-1954	65	11	he	he	PRON
eltls-1954	65	12	does	do	AUX
eltls-1954	65	13	not	not	PART
eltls-1954	65	14	know	know	VERB
eltls-1954	65	15	one	one	NUM
eltls-1954	65	16	or	or	CCONJ
eltls-1954	65	17	more	more	ADJ
eltls-1954	65	18	words	word	NOUN
eltls-1954	65	19	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	65	20	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	65	21	a	a	NOUN
eltls-1954	65	22	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	65	23	or	or	CCONJ
eltls-1954	65	24	because	because	SCONJ
eltls-1954	65	25	he	he	PRON
eltls-1954	65	26	feels	feel	VERB
eltls-1954	65	27	it	it	PRON
eltls-1954	65	28	is	be	AUX
eltls-1954	65	29	easier	easy	ADJ
eltls-1954	65	30	to	to	PART
eltls-1954	65	31	speak	speak	VERB
eltls-1954	65	32	about	about	ADP
eltls-1954	65	33	a	a	DET
eltls-1954	65	34	certain	certain	ADJ
eltls-1954	65	35	theme	theme	NOUN
eltls-1954	65	36	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	65	37	politics	politic	NOUN
eltls-1954	65	38	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	65	39	car	car	NOUN
eltls-1954	65	40	mechanics	mechanic	NOUN
eltls-1954	65	41	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	65	42	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	65	43	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	65	44	b.	b.	PROPN
eltls-1954	65	45	2	2	X
eltls-1954	65	46	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	65	47	directive	directive	NOUN
eltls-1954	65	48	function	function	NOUN
eltls-1954	65	49	:	:	PUNCT
eltls-1954	65	50	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	65	51	-	-	PUNCT
eltls-1954	65	52	switching	switching	NOUN
eltls-1954	65	53	is	be	AUX
eltls-1954	65	54	used	use	VERB
eltls-1954	65	55	as	as	ADP
eltls-1954	65	56	a	a	DET
eltls-1954	65	57	means	means	NOUN
eltls-1954	65	58	to	to	PART
eltls-1954	65	59	either	either	CCONJ
eltls-1954	65	60	include	include	VERB
eltls-1954	65	61	people	people	NOUN
eltls-1954	65	62	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	65	63	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	65	64	conversation	conversation	NOUN
eltls-1954	65	65	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	65	66	or	or	CCONJ
eltls-1954	65	67	to	to	PART
eltls-1954	65	68	exclude	exclude	VERB
eltls-1954	65	69	them	they	PRON
eltls-1954	65	70	from	from	ADP
eltls-1954	65	71	it	it	PRON
eltls-1954	65	72	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	66	1	an	an	DET
eltls-1954	66	2	example	example	NOUN
eltls-1954	66	3	would	would	AUX
eltls-1954	66	4	be	be	AUX
eltls-1954	66	5	parents	parent	NOUN
eltls-1954	66	6	switching	switch	VERB
eltls-1954	66	7	to	to	ADP
eltls-1954	66	8	a	a	DET
eltls-1954	66	9	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	66	10	their	their	PRON
eltls-1954	66	11	children	child	NOUN
eltls-1954	66	12	do	do	AUX
eltls-1954	66	13	not	not	PART
eltls-1954	66	14	understand	understand	VERB
eltls-1954	66	15	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	66	16	order	order	NOUN
eltls-1954	66	17	to	to	PART
eltls-1954	66	18	discuss	discuss	VERB
eltls-1954	66	19	something	something	PRON
eltls-1954	66	20	secret	secret	ADJ
eltls-1954	66	21	;	;	PUNCT
eltls-1954	66	22	3	3	X
eltls-1954	66	23	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	66	24	expressive	expressive	ADJ
eltls-1954	66	25	function	function	NOUN
eltls-1954	66	26	:	:	PUNCT
eltls-1954	66	27	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	66	28	-	-	PUNCT
eltls-1954	66	29	switching	switching	NOUN
eltls-1954	66	30	is	be	AUX
eltls-1954	66	31	used	use	VERB
eltls-1954	66	32	to	to	PART
eltls-1954	66	33	underline	underline	VERB
eltls-1954	66	34	a	a	DET
eltls-1954	66	35	common	common	ADJ
eltls-1954	66	36	identity	identity	NOUN
eltls-1954	66	37	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	67	1	4	4	X
eltls-1954	67	2	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	67	3	phatic	phatic	ADJ
eltls-1954	67	4	function	function	NOUN
eltls-1954	67	5	:	:	PUNCT
eltls-1954	67	6	switching	switch	VERB
eltls-1954	67	7	emphasizes	emphasize	VERB
eltls-1954	67	8	a	a	DET
eltls-1954	67	9	statement	statement	NOUN
eltls-1954	67	10	or	or	CCONJ
eltls-1954	67	11	comments	comment	NOUN
eltls-1954	67	12	it	it	PRON
eltls-1954	67	13	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	68	1	this	this	DET
eltls-1954	68	2	category	category	NOUN
eltls-1954	68	3	includes	include	VERB
eltls-1954	68	4	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	68	5	use	use	NOUN
eltls-1954	68	6	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	68	7	dialect	dialect	NOUN
eltls-1954	68	8	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	68	9	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	68	10	punch	punch	NOUN
eltls-1954	68	11	line	line	NOUN
eltls-1954	68	12	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	68	13	a	a	DET
eltls-1954	68	14	joke	joke	NOUN
eltls-1954	68	15	to	to	PART
eltls-1954	68	16	allude	allude	VERB
eltls-1954	68	17	to	to	ADP
eltls-1954	68	18	stereotypes	stereotype	NOUN
eltls-1954	68	19	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	69	1	5	5	NUM
eltls-1954	69	2	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	69	3	metalinguistic	metalinguistic	ADJ
eltls-1954	69	4	function	function	NOUN
eltls-1954	69	5	:	:	PUNCT
eltls-1954	69	6	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	69	7	change	change	NOUN
eltls-1954	69	8	from	from	ADP
eltls-1954	69	9	one	one	NUM
eltls-1954	69	10	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	69	11	to	to	ADP
eltls-1954	69	12	another	another	PRON
eltls-1954	69	13	is	be	AUX
eltls-1954	69	14	used	use	VERB
eltls-1954	69	15	to	to	PART
eltls-1954	69	16	comment	comment	VERB
eltls-1954	69	17	on	on	ADP
eltls-1954	69	18	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	69	19	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	69	20	use	use	NOUN
eltls-1954	69	21	itself	itself	PRON
eltls-1954	69	22	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	69	23	or	or	CCONJ
eltls-1954	69	24	to	to	PART
eltls-1954	69	25	show	show	VERB
eltls-1954	69	26	off	off	ADP
eltls-1954	69	27	one	one	NUM
eltls-1954	69	28	’s	’s	PART
eltls-1954	69	29	linguistic	linguistic	ADJ
eltls-1954	69	30	repertoire	repertoire	NOUN
eltls-1954	69	31	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	70	1	6	6	NUM
eltls-1954	70	2	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	70	3	poetic	poetic	ADJ
eltls-1954	70	4	function	function	NOUN
eltls-1954	70	5	:	:	PUNCT
eltls-1954	70	6	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	70	7	switching	switching	NOUN
eltls-1954	70	8	is	be	AUX
eltls-1954	70	9	used	use	VERB
eltls-1954	70	10	for	for	ADP
eltls-1954	70	11	its	its	PRON
eltls-1954	70	12	poetic	poetic	ADJ
eltls-1954	70	13	or	or	CCONJ
eltls-1954	70	14	humorous	humorous	ADJ
eltls-1954	70	15	effect	effect	NOUN
eltls-1954	70	16	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	71	1	www.scholink.org/ojs/index.php/eltls	www.scholink.org/ojs/index.php/eltls	NUM
eltls-1954	71	2	english	english	ADJ
eltls-1954	71	3	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	71	4	teaching	teaching	NOUN
eltls-1954	71	5	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	71	6	linguistics	linguistic	NOUN
eltls-1954	71	7	studies	study	NOUN
eltls-1954	71	8	vol	vol	NOUN
eltls-1954	71	9	.	.	PROPN
eltls-1954	72	1	1	1	NUM
eltls-1954	72	2	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	72	3	no	no	INTJ
eltls-1954	72	4	.	.	NOUN
eltls-1954	72	5	1	1	NUM
eltls-1954	72	6	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	72	7	2019	2019	NUM
eltls-1954	72	8	5	5	NUM
eltls-1954	72	9	published	publish	VERB
eltls-1954	72	10	by	by	ADP
eltls-1954	72	11	scholink	scholink	PROPN
eltls-1954	72	12	inc	inc	PROPN
eltls-1954	72	13	.	.	PROPN
eltls-1954	72	14	2	2	NUM
eltls-1954	72	15	.	.	X
eltls-1954	72	16	method	method	NOUN
eltls-1954	72	17	2.1	2.1	NUM
eltls-1954	72	18	aim	aim	NOUN
eltls-1954	72	19	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	72	20	study	study	NOUN
eltls-1954	72	21	it	it	PRON
eltls-1954	72	22	aims	aim	VERB
eltls-1954	72	23	to	to	PART
eltls-1954	72	24	identify	identify	VERB
eltls-1954	72	25	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	72	26	frequency	frequency	NOUN
eltls-1954	72	27	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	72	28	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	72	29	functions	function	NOUN
eltls-1954	72	30	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	72	31	teacher	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	72	32	’s	’s	PART
eltls-1954	72	33	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	72	34	switching	switching	NOUN
eltls-1954	72	35	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	72	36	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	72	37	mixing	mixing	NOUN
eltls-1954	72	38	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	72	39	efl	efl	PROPN
eltls-1954	72	40	classroom	classroom	NOUN
eltls-1954	72	41	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	72	42	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	72	43	to	to	PART
eltls-1954	72	44	investigate	investigate	VERB
eltls-1954	72	45	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	72	46	teacher	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	72	47	’s	’s	PART
eltls-1954	72	48	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	72	49	students	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	72	50	’	’	PART
eltls-1954	72	51	attitude	attitude	NOUN
eltls-1954	72	52	toward	toward	ADP
eltls-1954	72	53	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	72	54	switching	switching	NOUN
eltls-1954	72	55	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	72	56	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	72	57	mixing	mixing	NOUN
eltls-1954	72	58	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	72	59	efl	efl	PROPN
eltls-1954	72	60	classroom	classroom	NOUN
eltls-1954	72	61	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	73	1	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	73	2	researcher	researcher	NOUN
eltls-1954	73	3	observed	observe	VERB
eltls-1954	73	4	one	one	NUM
eltls-1954	73	5	english	english	ADJ
eltls-1954	73	6	teacher	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	73	7	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	73	8	two	two	NUM
eltls-1954	73	9	classes	class	NOUN
eltls-1954	73	10	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	73	11	ten	ten	NUM
eltls-1954	73	12	grade	grade	NOUN
eltls-1954	73	13	students	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	73	14	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	74	1	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	74	2	number	number	NOUN
eltls-1954	74	3	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	74	4	students	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	74	5	is	be	AUX
eltls-1954	74	6	66	66	NUM
eltls-1954	74	7	students	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	74	8	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	75	1	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	75	2	writer	writer	NOUN
eltls-1954	75	3	uses	use	VERB
eltls-1954	75	4	case	case	NOUN
eltls-1954	75	5	study	study	NOUN
eltls-1954	75	6	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	75	7	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	75	8	techniques	technique	NOUN
eltls-1954	75	9	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	75	10	collecting	collect	VERB
eltls-1954	75	11	data	datum	NOUN
eltls-1954	75	12	are	be	AUX
eltls-1954	75	13	observation	observation	NOUN
eltls-1954	75	14	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	75	15	questionnaire	questionnaire	NOUN
eltls-1954	75	16	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	75	17	interview	interview	NOUN
eltls-1954	75	18	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	76	1	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	76	2	observation	observation	NOUN
eltls-1954	76	3	was	be	AUX
eltls-1954	76	4	conducted	conduct	VERB
eltls-1954	76	5	on	on	ADP
eltls-1954	76	6	1	1	NUM
eltls-1954	76	7	teacher	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	76	8	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	76	9	50	50	NUM
eltls-1954	76	10	students	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	76	11	from	from	ADP
eltls-1954	76	12	two	two	NUM
eltls-1954	76	13	classes	class	NOUN
eltls-1954	76	14	chosen	choose	VERB
eltls-1954	76	15	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	77	1	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	77	2	main	main	ADJ
eltls-1954	77	3	purpose	purpose	NOUN
eltls-1954	77	4	is	be	AUX
eltls-1954	77	5	to	to	PART
eltls-1954	77	6	find	find	VERB
eltls-1954	77	7	out	out	ADP
eltls-1954	77	8	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	77	9	functions	function	NOUN
eltls-1954	77	10	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	77	11	teacher	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	77	12	’s	’s	PART
eltls-1954	77	13	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	77	14	switching	switching	NOUN
eltls-1954	77	15	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	77	16	efl	efl	PROPN
eltls-1954	77	17	classroom	classroom	NOUN
eltls-1954	77	18	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	78	1	after	after	ADP
eltls-1954	78	2	recording	record	VERB
eltls-1954	78	3	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	78	4	teacher	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	78	5	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	78	6	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	78	7	students	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	78	8	’	’	PART
eltls-1954	78	9	activities	activity	NOUN
eltls-1954	78	10	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	78	11	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	78	12	researcher	researcher	NOUN
eltls-1954	78	13	makes	make	VERB
eltls-1954	78	14	video	video	NOUN
eltls-1954	78	15	transcripts	transcript	NOUN
eltls-1954	78	16	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	78	17	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	78	18	analyzes	analyze	VERB
eltls-1954	78	19	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	78	20	types	type	NOUN
eltls-1954	78	21	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	78	22	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	78	23	functions	function	NOUN
eltls-1954	78	24	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	78	25	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	78	26	switching	switching	NOUN
eltls-1954	78	27	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	78	28	mixing	mixing	NOUN
eltls-1954	78	29	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	79	1	2.1.1	2.1.1	NOUN
eltls-1954	79	2	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	79	3	interview	interview	NOUN
eltls-1954	79	4	is	be	AUX
eltls-1954	79	5	recorded	record	VERB
eltls-1954	79	6	by	by	ADP
eltls-1954	79	7	using	use	VERB
eltls-1954	79	8	tape	tape	NOUN
eltls-1954	79	9	recorder	recorder	NOUN
eltls-1954	79	10	then	then	ADV
eltls-1954	79	11	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	79	12	researcher	researcher	NOUN
eltls-1954	79	13	listens	listen	VERB
eltls-1954	79	14	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	79	15	transcribes	transcribe	NOUN
eltls-1954	79	16	it	it	PRON
eltls-1954	79	17	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	80	1	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	80	2	researcher	researcher	NOUN
eltls-1954	80	3	analyzes	analyze	VERB
eltls-1954	80	4	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	80	5	result	result	NOUN
eltls-1954	80	6	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	80	7	transcribing	transcribe	VERB
eltls-1954	80	8	process	process	NOUN
eltls-1954	80	9	to	to	PART
eltls-1954	80	10	find	find	VERB
eltls-1954	80	11	out	out	ADP
eltls-1954	80	12	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	80	13	teachers	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	80	14	’	’	PART
eltls-1954	80	15	attitude	attitude	NOUN
eltls-1954	80	16	toward	toward	ADP
eltls-1954	80	17	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	80	18	switching	switching	NOUN
eltls-1954	80	19	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	80	20	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	80	21	mixing	mix	VERB
eltls-1954	80	22	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	80	23	making	make	VERB
eltls-1954	80	24	conversations	conversation	NOUN
eltls-1954	80	25	with	with	ADP
eltls-1954	80	26	their	their	PRON
eltls-1954	80	27	students	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	80	28	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	80	29	drawing	draw	VERB
eltls-1954	80	30	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	80	31	conclusion	conclusion	NOUN
eltls-1954	80	32	from	from	ADP
eltls-1954	80	33	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	80	34	english	english	PROPN
eltls-1954	80	35	teacher	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	80	36	’s	’s	PART
eltls-1954	80	37	answers	answer	NOUN
eltls-1954	80	38	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	81	1	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	81	2	researcher	researcher	NOUN
eltls-1954	81	3	distributes	distribute	VERB
eltls-1954	81	4	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	81	5	questionnaire	questionnaire	NOUN
eltls-1954	81	6	to	to	ADP
eltls-1954	81	7	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	81	8	two	two	NUM
eltls-1954	81	9	selected	select	VERB
eltls-1954	81	10	classes	class	NOUN
eltls-1954	81	11	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	81	12	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	81	13	tenth	tenth	ADJ
eltls-1954	81	14	grade	grade	NOUN
eltls-1954	81	15	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	81	16	to	to	PART
eltls-1954	81	17	investigate	investigate	VERB
eltls-1954	81	18	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	81	19	frequency	frequency	NOUN
eltls-1954	81	20	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	81	21	teacher	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	81	22	’s	’s	PART
eltls-1954	81	23	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	81	24	switching	switching	NOUN
eltls-1954	81	25	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	81	26	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	81	27	mixing	mixing	NOUN
eltls-1954	81	28	which	which	PRON
eltls-1954	81	29	exist	exist	VERB
eltls-1954	81	30	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	81	31	efl	efl	PROPN
eltls-1954	81	32	classroom	classroom	NOUN
eltls-1954	81	33	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	81	34	students	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	81	35	’	’	PART
eltls-1954	81	36	attitude	attitude	NOUN
eltls-1954	81	37	toward	toward	ADP
eltls-1954	81	38	teacher	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	81	39	’s	’s	PART
eltls-1954	81	40	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	81	41	switching	switching	NOUN
eltls-1954	81	42	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	81	43	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	81	44	mixing	mixing	NOUN
eltls-1954	81	45	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	81	46	efl	efl	PROPN
eltls-1954	81	47	classroom	classroom	NOUN
eltls-1954	81	48	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	82	1	3	3	X
eltls-1954	82	2	.	.	X
eltls-1954	82	3	result	result	VERB
eltls-1954	82	4	3.1	3.1	NUM
eltls-1954	82	5	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	82	6	frequency	frequency	NOUN
eltls-1954	82	7	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	82	8	teacher	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	82	9	’s	’s	PART
eltls-1954	82	10	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	82	11	switching	switching	NOUN
eltls-1954	82	12	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	82	13	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	82	14	mixing	mixing	NOUN
eltls-1954	82	15	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	82	16	efl	efl	PROPN
eltls-1954	82	17	classroom	classroom	NOUN
eltls-1954	82	18	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	82	19	frequency	frequency	NOUN
eltls-1954	82	20	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	82	21	teacher	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	82	22	’s	’s	PART
eltls-1954	82	23	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	82	24	switching	switching	NOUN
eltls-1954	82	25	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	82	26	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	82	27	mixing	mixing	NOUN
eltls-1954	82	28	exist	exist	NOUN
eltls-1954	82	29	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	82	30	efl	efl	PROPN
eltls-1954	82	31	classroom	classroom	NOUN
eltls-1954	82	32	were	be	AUX
eltls-1954	82	33	identified	identify	VERB
eltls-1954	82	34	from	from	ADP
eltls-1954	82	35	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	82	36	analysis	analysis	NOUN
eltls-1954	82	37	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	82	38	questionnaire	questionnaire	NOUN
eltls-1954	82	39	as	as	ADP
eltls-1954	82	40	main	main	ADJ
eltls-1954	82	41	source	source	NOUN
eltls-1954	82	42	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	82	43	data	datum	NOUN
eltls-1954	82	44	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	83	1	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	83	2	finding	finding	NOUN
eltls-1954	83	3	shows	show	VERB
eltls-1954	83	4	a	a	DET
eltls-1954	83	5	clear	clear	ADJ
eltls-1954	83	6	pattern	pattern	NOUN
eltls-1954	83	7	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	83	8	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	83	9	use	use	NOUN
eltls-1954	83	10	by	by	ADP
eltls-1954	83	11	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	83	12	teacher	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	83	13	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	84	1	it	it	PRON
eltls-1954	84	2	seems	seem	VERB
eltls-1954	84	3	that	that	SCONJ
eltls-1954	84	4	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	84	5	extent	extent	NOUN
eltls-1954	84	6	to	to	PART
eltls-1954	84	7	which	which	PRON
eltls-1954	84	8	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	84	9	switching	switching	NOUN
eltls-1954	84	10	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	84	11	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	84	12	mixing	mixing	NOUN
eltls-1954	84	13	occurred	occur	VERB
eltls-1954	84	14	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	84	15	efl	efl	PROPN
eltls-1954	84	16	classroom	classroom	NOUN
eltls-1954	84	17	depended	depend	VERB
eltls-1954	84	18	highly	highly	ADV
eltls-1954	84	19	first	first	ADJ
eltls-1954	84	20	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	84	21	on	on	ADP
eltls-1954	84	22	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	84	23	teacher	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	84	24	’	'	PUNCT
eltls-1954	84	25	competence	competence	NOUN
eltls-1954	84	26	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	84	27	english	english	PROPN
eltls-1954	84	28	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	84	29	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	84	30	second	second	ADJ
eltls-1954	84	31	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	84	32	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	84	33	students	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	84	34	’	’	PART
eltls-1954	84	35	competence	competence	NOUN
eltls-1954	84	36	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	84	37	english	english	PROPN
eltls-1954	84	38	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	85	1	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	85	2	following	follow	VERB
eltls-1954	85	3	tables	table	NOUN
eltls-1954	85	4	show	show	VERB
eltls-1954	85	5	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	85	6	students	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	85	7	’	’	PART
eltls-1954	85	8	perceptions	perception	NOUN
eltls-1954	85	9	on	on	ADP
eltls-1954	85	10	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	85	11	frequency	frequency	NOUN
eltls-1954	85	12	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	85	13	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	85	14	use	use	NOUN
eltls-1954	85	15	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	85	16	teacher	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	85	17	’s	’s	PART
eltls-1954	85	18	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	85	19	switching	switching	NOUN
eltls-1954	85	20	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	85	21	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	85	22	mixing	mixing	NOUN
eltls-1954	85	23	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	85	24	efl	efl	PROPN
eltls-1954	85	25	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	85	26	classroom	classroom	NOUN
eltls-1954	85	27	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	86	1	www.scholink.org/ojs/index.php/eltls	www.scholink.org/ojs/index.php/eltls	PROPN
eltls-1954	86	2	english	english	PROPN
eltls-1954	86	3	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	86	4	teaching	teaching	NOUN
eltls-1954	86	5	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	86	6	linguistics	linguistic	NOUN
eltls-1954	86	7	studies	study	NOUN
eltls-1954	86	8	vol	vol	NOUN
eltls-1954	86	9	.	.	PROPN
eltls-1954	87	1	1	1	NUM
eltls-1954	87	2	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	87	3	no	no	INTJ
eltls-1954	87	4	.	.	NOUN
eltls-1954	87	5	1	1	NUM
eltls-1954	87	6	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	87	7	2019	2019	NUM
eltls-1954	87	8	6	6	NUM
eltls-1954	87	9	published	publish	VERB
eltls-1954	87	10	by	by	ADP
eltls-1954	87	11	scholink	scholink	PROPN
eltls-1954	87	12	inc	inc	PROPN
eltls-1954	87	13	.	.	PROPN
eltls-1954	87	14	table	table	PROPN
eltls-1954	87	15	1	1	NUM
eltls-1954	87	16	.	.	X
eltls-1954	87	17	questionnaire	questionnaire	NOUN
eltls-1954	87	18	result	result	NOUN
eltls-1954	87	19	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	87	20	students	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	87	21	’	’	PART
eltls-1954	87	22	attitudes	attitude	NOUN
eltls-1954	87	23	towards	towards	ADP
eltls-1954	87	24	teacher	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	87	25	’s	’s	PART
eltls-1954	87	26	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	87	27	switching	switching	NOUN
eltls-1954	87	28	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	87	29	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	87	30	mixing	mixing	NOUN
eltls-1954	87	31	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	87	32	efl	efl	PROPN
eltls-1954	87	33	classroom	classroom	NOUN
eltls-1954	87	34	students	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	87	35	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	87	36	n=50	n=50	ADJ
eltls-1954	87	37	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	87	38	no	no	DET
eltls-1954	87	39	statement	statement	NOUN
eltls-1954	87	40	strongly	strongly	ADV
eltls-1954	87	41	agree(5	agree(5	NOUN
eltls-1954	87	42	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	87	43	agree	agree	VERB
eltls-1954	87	44	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	87	45	4	4	X
eltls-1954	87	46	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	87	47	neither	neither	CCONJ
eltls-1954	87	48	agree	agree	VERB
eltls-1954	87	49	or	or	CCONJ
eltls-1954	87	50	disagree	disagree	VERB
eltls-1954	87	51	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	87	52	3	3	X
eltls-1954	87	53	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	87	54	disagree	disagree	VERB
eltls-1954	87	55	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	87	56	2	2	X
eltls-1954	87	57	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	87	58	strongly	strongly	ADV
eltls-1954	87	59	disagree	disagree	VERB
eltls-1954	87	60	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	87	61	1	1	NUM
eltls-1954	87	62	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	87	63	+	+	CCONJ
eltls-1954	87	64	1	1	NUM
eltls-1954	87	65	mixing	mix	VERB
eltls-1954	87	66	english	english	PROPN
eltls-1954	87	67	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	87	68	indonesian	indonesian	ADJ
eltls-1954	87	69	language	language	PROPN
eltls-1954	87	70	/	/	SYM
eltls-1954	87	71	first	first	ADJ
eltls-1954	87	72	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	87	73	is	be	AUX
eltls-1954	87	74	a	a	DET
eltls-1954	87	75	common	common	ADJ
eltls-1954	87	76	phenomenon	phenomenon	NOUN
eltls-1954	87	77	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	87	78	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	87	79	class	class	NOUN
eltls-1954	87	80	i	i	PRON
eltls-1954	87	81	have	have	AUX
eltls-1954	87	82	attended	attend	VERB
eltls-1954	87	83	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	87	84	20	20	NUM
eltls-1954	87	85	25	25	NUM
eltls-1954	87	86	4	4	NUM
eltls-1954	87	87	0	0	NUM
eltls-1954	87	88	1	1	NUM
eltls-1954	87	89	8	8	NUM
eltls-1954	87	90	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	87	91	english	english	ADJ
eltls-1954	87	92	teacher	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	87	93	’s	’s	PART
eltls-1954	87	94	main	main	ADJ
eltls-1954	87	95	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	87	96	when	when	SCONJ
eltls-1954	87	97	delivering	deliver	VERB
eltls-1954	87	98	material	material	NOUN
eltls-1954	87	99	is	be	AUX
eltls-1954	87	100	always	always	ADV
eltls-1954	87	101	english	english	ADJ
eltls-1954	87	102	0	0	NUM
eltls-1954	88	1	4	4	NUM
eltls-1954	88	2	2	2	NUM
eltls-1954	88	3	35	35	NUM
eltls-1954	88	4	9	9	NUM
eltls-1954	88	5	3	3	NUM
eltls-1954	88	6	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	88	7	english	english	ADJ
eltls-1954	88	8	teacher	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	88	9	frequently	frequently	ADV
eltls-1954	88	10	mixes	mix	VERB
eltls-1954	88	11	indonesian	indonesian	ADJ
eltls-1954	88	12	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	88	13	/	/	SYM
eltls-1954	88	14	first	first	ADJ
eltls-1954	88	15	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	88	16	with	with	ADP
eltls-1954	88	17	english	english	PROPN
eltls-1954	88	18	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	88	19	his	his	PRON
eltls-1954	88	20	/	/	SYM
eltls-1954	88	21	her	her	PRON
eltls-1954	88	22	lectures	lecture	NOUN
eltls-1954	88	23	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	89	1	20	20	NUM
eltls-1954	89	2	25	25	NUM
eltls-1954	89	3	3	3	NUM
eltls-1954	89	4	1	1	NUM
eltls-1954	89	5	1	1	NUM
eltls-1954	89	6	4	4	NUM
eltls-1954	89	7	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	89	8	english	english	ADJ
eltls-1954	89	9	teacher	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	89	10	usually	usually	ADV
eltls-1954	89	11	maintains	maintain	VERB
eltls-1954	89	12	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	89	13	english	english	ADJ
eltls-1954	89	14	terminology	terminology	NOUN
eltls-1954	89	15	but	but	CCONJ
eltls-1954	89	16	uses	use	VERB
eltls-1954	89	17	indonesian	indonesian	ADJ
eltls-1954	89	18	language	language	PROPN
eltls-1954	89	19	/	/	SYM
eltls-1954	89	20	first	first	ADJ
eltls-1954	89	21	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	89	22	to	to	PART
eltls-1954	89	23	give	give	VERB
eltls-1954	89	24	further	further	ADJ
eltls-1954	89	25	explanation	explanation	NOUN
eltls-1954	89	26	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	90	1	35	35	NUM
eltls-1954	90	2	12	12	NUM
eltls-1954	90	3	3	3	NUM
eltls-1954	90	4	0	0	NUM
eltls-1954	90	5	0	0	NUM
eltls-1954	90	6	5	5	NUM
eltls-1954	90	7	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	90	8	english	english	ADJ
eltls-1954	90	9	teacher	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	90	10	has	have	VERB
eltls-1954	90	11	any	any	DET
eltls-1954	90	12	difficulty	difficulty	NOUN
eltls-1954	90	13	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	90	14	delivering	deliver	VERB
eltls-1954	90	15	materials	material	NOUN
eltls-1954	90	16	only	only	ADV
eltls-1954	90	17	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	90	18	english	english	PROPN
eltls-1954	90	19	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	91	1	7	7	NUM
eltls-1954	91	2	12	12	NUM
eltls-1954	91	3	7	7	NUM
eltls-1954	91	4	19	19	NUM
eltls-1954	91	5	5	5	NUM
eltls-1954	91	6	6	6	NUM
eltls-1954	91	7	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	91	8	english	english	ADJ
eltls-1954	91	9	teacher	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	91	10	always	always	ADV
eltls-1954	91	11	switches	switch	VERB
eltls-1954	91	12	to	to	ADP
eltls-1954	91	13	indonesian	indonesian	ADJ
eltls-1954	91	14	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	91	15	/	/	SYM
eltls-1954	91	16	first	first	ADJ
eltls-1954	91	17	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	91	18	when	when	SCONJ
eltls-1954	91	19	we	we	PRON
eltls-1954	91	20	do	do	AUX
eltls-1954	91	21	not	not	PART
eltls-1954	91	22	understand	understand	VERB
eltls-1954	91	23	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	91	24	materials	material	NOUN
eltls-1954	91	25	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	92	1	27	27	NUM
eltls-1954	92	2	23	23	NUM
eltls-1954	92	3	0	0	NUM
eltls-1954	92	4	0	0	NUM
eltls-1954	92	5	0	0	NUM
eltls-1954	92	6	table	table	NOUN
eltls-1954	92	7	2	2	NUM
eltls-1954	92	8	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	93	1	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	93	2	frequency	frequency	NOUN
eltls-1954	93	3	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	93	4	teacher	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	93	5	’s	’s	PART
eltls-1954	93	6	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	93	7	switching	switching	NOUN
eltls-1954	93	8	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	93	9	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	93	10	mixing	mixing	NOUN
eltls-1954	93	11	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	93	12	efl	efl	PROPN
eltls-1954	93	13	classroom	classroom	NOUN
eltls-1954	93	14	item	item	PROPN
eltls-1954	93	15	sa	sa	PROPN
eltls-1954	93	16	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	93	17	5	5	NUM
eltls-1954	93	18	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	93	19	a	a	DET
eltls-1954	93	20	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	93	21	4	4	NUM
eltls-1954	93	22	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	93	23	nae(3	nae(3	NOUN
eltls-1954	93	24	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	94	1	d	d	NOUN
eltls-1954	94	2	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	94	3	2	2	NUM
eltls-1954	94	4	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	94	5	sd	sd	NOUN
eltls-1954	94	6	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	94	7	1	1	NUM
eltls-1954	94	8	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	94	9	+	+	NUM
eltls-1954	94	10	n	n	CCONJ
eltls-1954	94	11	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	94	12	n	n	PRON
eltls-1954	94	13	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	94	14	n	n	PRON
eltls-1954	94	15	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	94	16	n	n	PRON
eltls-1954	94	17	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	95	1	n	n	DET
eltls-1954	95	2	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	95	3	1	1	NUM
eltls-1954	95	4	20	20	NUM
eltls-1954	95	5	40	40	NUM
eltls-1954	95	6	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	95	7	25	25	NUM
eltls-1954	95	8	50	50	NUM
eltls-1954	95	9	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	95	10	4	4	NUM
eltls-1954	95	11	8	8	NUM
eltls-1954	95	12	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	95	13	0	0	NUM
eltls-1954	95	14	0	0	NUM
eltls-1954	95	15	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	95	16	1	1	NUM
eltls-1954	95	17	2	2	NUM
eltls-1954	95	18	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	95	19	8	8	NUM
eltls-1954	95	20	0	0	NUM
eltls-1954	95	21	0	0	NUM
eltls-1954	95	22	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	95	23	4	4	NUM
eltls-1954	95	24	8	8	NUM
eltls-1954	95	25	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	95	26	2	2	NUM
eltls-1954	95	27	4	4	NUM
eltls-1954	95	28	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	95	29	35	35	NUM
eltls-1954	95	30	70	70	NUM
eltls-1954	95	31	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	95	32	9	9	NUM
eltls-1954	95	33	18	18	NUM
eltls-1954	95	34	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	95	35	3	3	NUM
eltls-1954	95	36	20	20	NUM
eltls-1954	95	37	40	40	NUM
eltls-1954	95	38	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	95	39	25	25	NUM
eltls-1954	95	40	50	50	NUM
eltls-1954	95	41	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	95	42	3	3	NUM
eltls-1954	95	43	6	6	NUM
eltls-1954	95	44	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	95	45	1	1	NUM
eltls-1954	95	46	2	2	NUM
eltls-1954	95	47	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	95	48	1	1	NUM
eltls-1954	95	49	2	2	NUM
eltls-1954	95	50	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	95	51	4	4	NUM
eltls-1954	95	52	35	35	NUM
eltls-1954	95	53	70	70	NUM
eltls-1954	95	54	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	95	55	12	12	NUM
eltls-1954	95	56	24	24	NUM
eltls-1954	95	57	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	95	58	3	3	NUM
eltls-1954	95	59	6	6	NUM
eltls-1954	95	60	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	95	61	0	0	NUM
eltls-1954	95	62	0	0	NUM
eltls-1954	95	63	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	95	64	0	0	NUM
eltls-1954	95	65	0	0	NUM
eltls-1954	95	66	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	95	67	5	5	NUM
eltls-1954	95	68	7	7	NUM
eltls-1954	95	69	14	14	NUM
eltls-1954	95	70	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	95	71	12	12	NUM
eltls-1954	95	72	24	24	NUM
eltls-1954	95	73	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	95	74	7	7	NUM
eltls-1954	95	75	14	14	NUM
eltls-1954	95	76	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	95	77	19	19	NUM
eltls-1954	95	78	38	38	NUM
eltls-1954	95	79	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	95	80	5	5	NUM
eltls-1954	95	81	10	10	NUM
eltls-1954	95	82	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	95	83	6	6	NUM
eltls-1954	95	84	27	27	NUM
eltls-1954	95	85	54	54	NUM
eltls-1954	95	86	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	95	87	23	23	NUM
eltls-1954	95	88	46	46	NUM
eltls-1954	95	89	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	95	90	0	0	NUM
eltls-1954	95	91	0	0	NUM
eltls-1954	95	92	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	95	93	0	0	NUM
eltls-1954	95	94	0	0	NUM
eltls-1954	95	95	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	95	96	0	0	NUM
eltls-1954	95	97	0	0	NUM
eltls-1954	95	98	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	95	99	3.2	3.2	NUM
eltls-1954	95	100	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	95	101	function	function	NOUN
eltls-1954	95	102	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	95	103	teacher	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	95	104	’s	’s	PART
eltls-1954	95	105	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	95	106	switching	switching	NOUN
eltls-1954	95	107	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	95	108	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	95	109	mixing	mixing	NOUN
eltls-1954	95	110	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	95	111	efl	efl	PROPN
eltls-1954	95	112	classroom	classroom	NOUN
eltls-1954	95	113	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	95	114	function	function	NOUN
eltls-1954	95	115	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	95	116	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	95	117	switching	switching	NOUN
eltls-1954	95	118	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	95	119	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	95	120	mixing	mixing	NOUN
eltls-1954	95	121	used	use	VERB
eltls-1954	95	122	by	by	ADP
eltls-1954	95	123	teacher	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	95	124	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	95	125	students	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	95	126	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	95	127	efl	efl	PROPN
eltls-1954	95	128	classroom	classroom	NOUN
eltls-1954	95	129	is	be	AUX
eltls-1954	95	130	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	95	131	third	third	ADJ
eltls-1954	95	132	research	research	NOUN
eltls-1954	95	133	question	question	NOUN
eltls-1954	95	134	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	95	135	this	this	DET
eltls-1954	95	136	paper	paper	NOUN
eltls-1954	95	137	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	96	1	those	those	DET
eltls-1954	96	2	functions	function	NOUN
eltls-1954	96	3	were	be	AUX
eltls-1954	96	4	investigated	investigate	VERB
eltls-1954	96	5	through	through	ADP
eltls-1954	96	6	analysis	analysis	NOUN
eltls-1954	96	7	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	96	8	data	datum	NOUN
eltls-1954	96	9	which	which	PRON
eltls-1954	96	10	were	be	AUX
eltls-1954	96	11	mainly	mainly	ADV
eltls-1954	96	12	gained	gain	VERB
eltls-1954	96	13	from	from	ADP
eltls-1954	96	14	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	96	15	transcripts	transcript	NOUN
eltls-1954	96	16	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	96	17	classroom	classroom	NOUN
eltls-1954	96	18	observations	observation	NOUN
eltls-1954	96	19	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	97	1	www.scholink.org/ojs/index.php/eltls	www.scholink.org/ojs/index.php/eltls	PROPN
eltls-1954	97	2	english	english	ADJ
eltls-1954	97	3	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	97	4	teaching	teaching	NOUN
eltls-1954	97	5	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	97	6	linguistics	linguistic	NOUN
eltls-1954	97	7	studies	study	NOUN
eltls-1954	97	8	vol	vol	NOUN
eltls-1954	97	9	.	.	PROPN
eltls-1954	98	1	1	1	NUM
eltls-1954	98	2	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	98	3	no	no	INTJ
eltls-1954	98	4	.	.	NOUN
eltls-1954	98	5	1	1	NUM
eltls-1954	98	6	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	98	7	2019	2019	NUM
eltls-1954	98	8	7	7	NUM
eltls-1954	98	9	published	publish	VERB
eltls-1954	98	10	by	by	ADP
eltls-1954	98	11	scholink	scholink	PROPN
eltls-1954	98	12	inc	inc	PROPN
eltls-1954	98	13	.	.	PROPN
eltls-1954	98	14	table	table	PROPN
eltls-1954	98	15	3	3	NUM
eltls-1954	98	16	.	.	X
eltls-1954	99	1	function	function	NOUN
eltls-1954	99	2	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	99	3	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	99	4	switching	switching	NOUN
eltls-1954	99	5	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	99	6	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	99	7	mixing	mixing	NOUN
eltls-1954	99	8	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	99	9	efl	efl	PROPN
eltls-1954	99	10	classroom	classroom	NOUN
eltls-1954	99	11	function	function	NOUN
eltls-1954	99	12	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	99	13	cs	cs	PROPN
eltls-1954	99	14	/	/	SYM
eltls-1954	99	15	cm	cm	ADJ
eltls-1954	99	16	meeting	meeting	NOUN
eltls-1954	99	17	1st	1st	NOUN
eltls-1954	99	18	2	2	NUM
eltls-1954	99	19	nd	nd	PRON
eltls-1954	99	20	total	total	ADJ
eltls-1954	99	21	percentages	percentage	NOUN
eltls-1954	99	22	topic	topic	NOUN
eltls-1954	99	23	switch	switch	VERB
eltls-1954	99	24	20	20	NUM
eltls-1954	99	25	15	15	NUM
eltls-1954	99	26	35	35	NUM
eltls-1954	99	27	29,41	29,41	NUM
eltls-1954	99	28	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	99	29	affective	affective	NOUN
eltls-1954	99	30	/	/	SYM
eltls-1954	99	31	expressive	expressive	ADJ
eltls-1954	99	32	function	function	NOUN
eltls-1954	99	33	12	12	NUM
eltls-1954	99	34	15	15	NUM
eltls-1954	99	35	27	27	NUM
eltls-1954	99	36	22,69	22,69	NUM
eltls-1954	99	37	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	99	38	repetitive	repetitive	ADJ
eltls-1954	99	39	function	function	NOUN
eltls-1954	99	40	15	15	NUM
eltls-1954	99	41	13	13	NUM
eltls-1954	99	42	28	28	NUM
eltls-1954	99	43	23,53	23,53	NUM
eltls-1954	99	44	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	99	45	referential	referential	ADJ
eltls-1954	99	46	function	function	NOUN
eltls-1954	99	47	0	0	NUM
eltls-1954	99	48	0,00	0,00	NUM
eltls-1954	99	49	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	99	50	directive	directive	NOUN
eltls-1954	99	51	function	function	NOUN
eltls-1954	99	52	3	3	NUM
eltls-1954	99	53	2	2	NUM
eltls-1954	99	54	5	5	NUM
eltls-1954	99	55	4,20	4,20	NUM
eltls-1954	99	56	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	99	57	phatic	phatic	ADJ
eltls-1954	99	58	function	function	NOUN
eltls-1954	99	59	6	6	NUM
eltls-1954	99	60	8	8	NUM
eltls-1954	99	61	14	14	NUM
eltls-1954	99	62	11,76	11,76	NUM
eltls-1954	99	63	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	99	64	metalinguistic	metalinguistic	ADJ
eltls-1954	99	65	function	function	NOUN
eltls-1954	99	66	4	4	NUM
eltls-1954	99	67	6	6	NUM
eltls-1954	99	68	10	10	NUM
eltls-1954	99	69	8,40	8,40	NUM
eltls-1954	99	70	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	99	71	poetic	poetic	ADJ
eltls-1954	99	72	function	function	NOUN
eltls-1954	99	73	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	99	74	0	0	NUM
eltls-1954	100	1	0,00	0,00	NUM
eltls-1954	100	2	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	100	3	3.3	3.3	NUM
eltls-1954	100	4	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	100	5	teachers	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	100	6	’	’	PART
eltls-1954	100	7	attitudes	attitude	NOUN
eltls-1954	100	8	towards	towards	ADP
eltls-1954	100	9	teacher	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	100	10	’s	’s	PART
eltls-1954	100	11	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	100	12	switching	switching	NOUN
eltls-1954	100	13	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	100	14	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	100	15	mixing	mixing	NOUN
eltls-1954	100	16	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	100	17	efl	efl	PROPN
eltls-1954	100	18	classroom	classroom	NOUN
eltls-1954	100	19	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	100	20	addition	addition	NOUN
eltls-1954	100	21	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	100	22	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	100	23	teacher	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	100	24	felt	feel	VERB
eltls-1954	100	25	that	that	SCONJ
eltls-1954	100	26	students	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	100	27	should	should	AUX
eltls-1954	100	28	be	be	AUX
eltls-1954	100	29	exposed	expose	VERB
eltls-1954	100	30	to	to	ADP
eltls-1954	100	31	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	100	32	correct	correct	ADJ
eltls-1954	100	33	structure	structure	NOUN
eltls-1954	100	34	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	100	35	english	english	ADJ
eltls-1954	100	36	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	100	37	when	when	SCONJ
eltls-1954	100	38	dealing	deal	VERB
eltls-1954	100	39	with	with	ADP
eltls-1954	100	40	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	100	41	contents	content	NOUN
eltls-1954	100	42	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	101	1	she	she	PRON
eltls-1954	101	2	seriously	seriously	ADV
eltls-1954	101	3	claimed	claim	VERB
eltls-1954	101	4	that	that	SCONJ
eltls-1954	101	5	students	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	101	6	might	might	AUX
eltls-1954	101	7	have	have	AUX
eltls-1954	101	8	not	not	PART
eltls-1954	101	9	realised	realise	VERB
eltls-1954	101	10	that	that	SCONJ
eltls-1954	101	11	their	their	PRON
eltls-1954	101	12	explanation	explanation	NOUN
eltls-1954	101	13	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	101	14	certain	certain	ADJ
eltls-1954	101	15	concepts	concept	NOUN
eltls-1954	101	16	could	could	AUX
eltls-1954	101	17	become	become	VERB
eltls-1954	101	18	wrong	wrong	ADJ
eltls-1954	101	19	or	or	CCONJ
eltls-1954	101	20	confusing	confusing	ADJ
eltls-1954	101	21	because	because	SCONJ
eltls-1954	101	22	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	101	23	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	101	24	wrong	wrong	ADJ
eltls-1954	101	25	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	101	26	structure	structure	NOUN
eltls-1954	101	27	used	use	VERB
eltls-1954	101	28	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	102	1	thus	thus	ADV
eltls-1954	102	2	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	102	3	she	she	PRON
eltls-1954	102	4	should	should	AUX
eltls-1954	102	5	be	be	AUX
eltls-1954	102	6	responsible	responsible	ADJ
eltls-1954	102	7	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	102	8	providing	provide	VERB
eltls-1954	102	9	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	102	10	correct	correct	ADJ
eltls-1954	102	11	model	model	NOUN
eltls-1954	102	12	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	102	13	structure	structure	NOUN
eltls-1954	102	14	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	102	15	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	102	16	classroom	classroom	NOUN
eltls-1954	102	17	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	103	1	however	however	ADV
eltls-1954	103	2	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	103	3	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	103	4	teacher	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	103	5	also	also	ADV
eltls-1954	103	6	admitted	admit	VERB
eltls-1954	103	7	that	that	SCONJ
eltls-1954	103	8	it	it	PRON
eltls-1954	103	9	was	be	AUX
eltls-1954	103	10	impossible	impossible	ADJ
eltls-1954	103	11	to	to	PART
eltls-1954	103	12	avoid	avoid	VERB
eltls-1954	103	13	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	103	14	switching	switching	NOUN
eltls-1954	103	15	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	103	16	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	103	17	mixing	mixing	NOUN
eltls-1954	103	18	because	because	SCONJ
eltls-1954	103	19	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	103	20	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	103	21	students	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	103	22	’	'	PUNCT
eltls-1954	103	23	low	low	ADJ
eltls-1954	103	24	proficiency	proficiency	NOUN
eltls-1954	103	25	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	103	26	english	english	PROPN
eltls-1954	103	27	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	103	28	they	they	PRON
eltls-1954	103	29	were	be	AUX
eltls-1954	103	30	still	still	ADV
eltls-1954	103	31	x	x	SYM
eltls-1954	103	32	grade	grade	NOUN
eltls-1954	103	33	students	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	103	34	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	104	1	thus	thus	ADV
eltls-1954	104	2	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	104	3	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	104	4	switching	switching	NOUN
eltls-1954	104	5	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	104	6	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	104	7	mixing	mixing	NOUN
eltls-1954	104	8	might	might	AUX
eltls-1954	104	9	seem	seem	VERB
eltls-1954	104	10	to	to	PART
eltls-1954	104	11	be	be	AUX
eltls-1954	104	12	a	a	DET
eltls-1954	104	13	strategy	strategy	NOUN
eltls-1954	104	14	to	to	PART
eltls-1954	104	15	promote	promote	VERB
eltls-1954	104	16	fast	fast	ADJ
eltls-1954	104	17	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	104	18	easy	easy	ADJ
eltls-1954	104	19	understanding	understanding	NOUN
eltls-1954	104	20	among	among	ADP
eltls-1954	104	21	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	104	22	students	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	104	23	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	105	1	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	105	2	switching	switching	NOUN
eltls-1954	105	3	can	can	AUX
eltls-1954	105	4	have	have	VERB
eltls-1954	105	5	a	a	DET
eltls-1954	105	6	positive	positive	ADJ
eltls-1954	105	7	attitude	attitude	NOUN
eltls-1954	105	8	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	105	9	when	when	SCONJ
eltls-1954	105	10	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	105	11	speakers	speaker	NOUN
eltls-1954	105	12	switch	switch	VERB
eltls-1954	105	13	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	105	14	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	105	15	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	105	16	they	they	PRON
eltls-1954	105	17	build	build	VERB
eltls-1954	105	18	a	a	DET
eltls-1954	105	19	bridge	bridge	NOUN
eltls-1954	105	20	from	from	ADP
eltls-1954	105	21	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	105	22	known	know	VERB
eltls-1954	105	23	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	105	24	our	our	PRON
eltls-1954	105	25	native	native	ADJ
eltls-1954	105	26	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	105	27	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	105	28	to	to	ADP
eltls-1954	105	29	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	105	30	unknown	unknown	ADJ
eltls-1954	105	31	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	105	32	target	target	NOUN
eltls-1954	105	33	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	105	34	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	105	35	sert	sert	NOUN
eltls-1954	105	36	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	105	37	2005	2005	NUM
eltls-1954	105	38	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	105	39	p.	p.	NOUN
eltls-1954	105	40	2	2	NUM
eltls-1954	105	41	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	105	42	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	106	1	liebscher	liebscher	NOUN
eltls-1954	106	2	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	106	3	dailey	dailey	PROPN
eltls-1954	106	4	-	-	PUNCT
eltls-1954	106	5	o’cain	o’cain	PROPN
eltls-1954	106	6	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	106	7	2005	2005	NUM
eltls-1954	106	8	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	106	9	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	106	10	lin	lin	PROPN
eltls-1954	106	11	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	106	12	2016	2016	NUM
eltls-1954	106	13	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	106	14	claim	claim	VERB
eltls-1954	106	15	that	that	SCONJ
eltls-1954	106	16	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	106	17	switching	switching	NOUN
eltls-1954	106	18	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	106	19	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	106	20	mixing	mixing	NOUN
eltls-1954	106	21	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	106	22	foreign	foreign	ADJ
eltls-1954	106	23	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	106	24	classrooms	classroom	NOUN
eltls-1954	106	25	is	be	AUX
eltls-1954	106	26	useful	useful	ADJ
eltls-1954	106	27	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	107	1	3.4	3.4	NUM
eltls-1954	107	2	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	107	3	students	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	107	4	’	’	PART
eltls-1954	107	5	attitudes	attitude	NOUN
eltls-1954	107	6	towards	towards	ADP
eltls-1954	107	7	teacher	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	107	8	’s	’s	PART
eltls-1954	107	9	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	107	10	switching	switching	NOUN
eltls-1954	107	11	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	107	12	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	107	13	mixing	mixing	NOUN
eltls-1954	107	14	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	107	15	efl	efl	PROPN
eltls-1954	107	16	classroom	classroom	NOUN
eltls-1954	107	17	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	107	18	students	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	107	19	’	’	PART
eltls-1954	107	20	attitudes	attitude	NOUN
eltls-1954	107	21	towards	towards	ADP
eltls-1954	107	22	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	107	23	switching	switching	NOUN
eltls-1954	107	24	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	107	25	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	107	26	mixing	mixing	NOUN
eltls-1954	107	27	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	107	28	efl	efl	PROPN
eltls-1954	107	29	classroom	classroom	NOUN
eltls-1954	107	30	are	be	AUX
eltls-1954	107	31	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	107	32	fifth	fifth	ADJ
eltls-1954	107	33	research	research	NOUN
eltls-1954	107	34	question	question	NOUN
eltls-1954	107	35	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	107	36	which	which	PRON
eltls-1954	107	37	was	be	AUX
eltls-1954	107	38	investigated	investigate	VERB
eltls-1954	107	39	mainly	mainly	ADV
eltls-1954	107	40	through	through	ADP
eltls-1954	107	41	questionnaire	questionnaire	NOUN
eltls-1954	107	42	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	107	43	students	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	107	44	’	'	PUNCT
eltls-1954	107	45	interview	interview	NOUN
eltls-1954	107	46	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	108	1	there	there	PRON
eltls-1954	108	2	were	be	VERB
eltls-1954	108	3	12	12	NUM
eltls-1954	108	4	items	item	NOUN
eltls-1954	108	5	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	108	6	questionnaire	questionnaire	NOUN
eltls-1954	108	7	which	which	PRON
eltls-1954	108	8	were	be	AUX
eltls-1954	108	9	asked	ask	VERB
eltls-1954	108	10	to	to	ADP
eltls-1954	108	11	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	108	12	students	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	108	13	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	108	14	6	6	NUM
eltls-1954	108	15	items	item	NOUN
eltls-1954	108	16	were	be	AUX
eltls-1954	108	17	positive	positive	ADJ
eltls-1954	108	18	attitude	attitude	NOUN
eltls-1954	108	19	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	108	20	6	6	NUM
eltls-1954	108	21	items	item	NOUN
eltls-1954	108	22	were	be	AUX
eltls-1954	108	23	negative	negative	ADJ
eltls-1954	108	24	attitude	attitude	NOUN
eltls-1954	108	25	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	108	26	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	108	27	switching	switching	NOUN
eltls-1954	108	28	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	108	29	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	108	30	mixing	mixing	NOUN
eltls-1954	108	31	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	109	1	they	they	PRON
eltls-1954	109	2	were	be	AUX
eltls-1954	109	3	asked	ask	VERB
eltls-1954	109	4	to	to	PART
eltls-1954	109	5	give	give	VERB
eltls-1954	109	6	response	response	NOUN
eltls-1954	109	7	based	base	VERB
eltls-1954	109	8	on	on	ADP
eltls-1954	109	9	likert	likert	ADJ
eltls-1954	109	10	scale	scale	NOUN
eltls-1954	109	11	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	109	12	strongly	strongly	ADV
eltls-1954	109	13	agree=5	agree=5	PROPN
eltls-1954	109	14	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	109	15	agree=4	agree=4	PROPN
eltls-1954	109	16	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	109	17	nether	nether	NOUN
eltls-1954	109	18	agree	agree	VERB
eltls-1954	109	19	or	or	CCONJ
eltls-1954	109	20	disagree=3	disagree=3	PROPN
eltls-1954	109	21	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	109	22	disagree=2	disagree=2	PROPN
eltls-1954	109	23	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	109	24	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	109	25	strongly	strongly	ADV
eltls-1954	109	26	disagree=1	disagree=1	PROPN
eltls-1954	109	27	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	109	28	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	110	1	www.scholink.org/ojs/index.php/eltls	www.scholink.org/ojs/index.php/eltls	PROPN
eltls-1954	110	2	english	english	PROPN
eltls-1954	110	3	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	110	4	teaching	teaching	NOUN
eltls-1954	110	5	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	110	6	linguistics	linguistic	NOUN
eltls-1954	110	7	studies	study	NOUN
eltls-1954	110	8	vol	vol	NOUN
eltls-1954	110	9	.	.	PROPN
eltls-1954	111	1	1	1	NUM
eltls-1954	111	2	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	111	3	no	no	INTJ
eltls-1954	111	4	.	.	NOUN
eltls-1954	111	5	1	1	NUM
eltls-1954	111	6	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	111	7	2019	2019	NUM
eltls-1954	111	8	8	8	NUM
eltls-1954	111	9	published	publish	VERB
eltls-1954	111	10	by	by	ADP
eltls-1954	111	11	scholink	scholink	PROPN
eltls-1954	111	12	inc	inc	PROPN
eltls-1954	111	13	.	.	PROPN
eltls-1954	111	14	table	table	PROPN
eltls-1954	111	15	4	4	NUM
eltls-1954	111	16	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	111	17	questionnaire	questionnaire	NOUN
eltls-1954	111	18	result	result	NOUN
eltls-1954	111	19	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	111	20	students	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	111	21	’	’	PART
eltls-1954	111	22	attitudes	attitude	NOUN
eltls-1954	111	23	towards	towards	ADP
eltls-1954	111	24	teacher	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	111	25	’s	’s	PART
eltls-1954	111	26	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	111	27	switching	switching	NOUN
eltls-1954	111	28	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	111	29	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	111	30	mixing	mixing	NOUN
eltls-1954	111	31	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	111	32	efl	efl	PROPN
eltls-1954	111	33	classroom	classroom	NOUN
eltls-1954	111	34	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	111	35	students	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	111	36	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	111	37	n=50	n=50	ADJ
eltls-1954	111	38	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	111	39	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	112	1	no	no	DET
eltls-1954	112	2	statement	statement	NOUN
eltls-1954	112	3	strongly	strongly	ADV
eltls-1954	112	4	agree	agree	VERB
eltls-1954	112	5	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	112	6	5	5	NUM
eltls-1954	112	7	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	112	8	agree	agree	VERB
eltls-1954	112	9	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	112	10	4	4	X
eltls-1954	112	11	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	112	12	neither	neither	CCONJ
eltls-1954	112	13	agree	agree	VERB
eltls-1954	112	14	or	or	CCONJ
eltls-1954	112	15	disagree	disagree	VERB
eltls-1954	112	16	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	112	17	3	3	X
eltls-1954	112	18	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	112	19	disagree	disagree	VERB
eltls-1954	112	20	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	112	21	2	2	X
eltls-1954	112	22	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	112	23	strongly	strongly	ADV
eltls-1954	112	24	disagree	disagree	VERB
eltls-1954	112	25	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	112	26	1	1	NUM
eltls-1954	112	27	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	112	28	1	1	NUM
eltls-1954	113	1	i	i	PRON
eltls-1954	113	2	would	would	AUX
eltls-1954	113	3	like	like	VERB
eltls-1954	113	4	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	113	5	teacher	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	113	6	to	to	PART
eltls-1954	113	7	minimize	minimize	VERB
eltls-1954	113	8	their	their	PRON
eltls-1954	113	9	use	use	NOUN
eltls-1954	113	10	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	113	11	indonesian	indonesian	ADJ
eltls-1954	113	12	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	113	13	/	/	SYM
eltls-1954	113	14	regional	regional	ADJ
eltls-1954	113	15	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	113	16	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	113	17	efl	efl	PROPN
eltls-1954	113	18	classroom	classroom	NOUN
eltls-1954	113	19	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	114	1	2	2	NUM
eltls-1954	114	2	17	17	NUM
eltls-1954	114	3	14	14	NUM
eltls-1954	114	4	11	11	NUM
eltls-1954	114	5	6	6	NUM
eltls-1954	114	6	2	2	NUM
eltls-1954	114	7	i	i	PRON
eltls-1954	114	8	would	would	AUX
eltls-1954	114	9	like	like	VERB
eltls-1954	114	10	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	114	11	teacher	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	114	12	to	to	PART
eltls-1954	114	13	use	use	VERB
eltls-1954	114	14	indonesian	indonesian	ADJ
eltls-1954	114	15	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	114	16	/	/	SYM
eltls-1954	114	17	first	first	ADJ
eltls-1954	114	18	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	114	19	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	114	20	english	english	PROPN
eltls-1954	114	21	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	114	22	efl	efl	PROPN
eltls-1954	114	23	classroom	classroom	NOUN
eltls-1954	114	24	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	115	1	23	23	NUM
eltls-1954	115	2	20	20	NUM
eltls-1954	115	3	2	2	NUM
eltls-1954	115	4	3	3	NUM
eltls-1954	115	5	2	2	NUM
eltls-1954	115	6	3	3	NUM
eltls-1954	115	7	i	i	PRON
eltls-1954	115	8	would	would	AUX
eltls-1954	115	9	prefer	prefer	VERB
eltls-1954	115	10	my	my	PRON
eltls-1954	115	11	teacher	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	115	12	to	to	PART
eltls-1954	115	13	use	use	VERB
eltls-1954	115	14	only	only	ADJ
eltls-1954	115	15	english	english	PROPN
eltls-1954	115	16	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	115	17	efl	efl	PROPN
eltls-1954	115	18	classroom	classroom	NOUN
eltls-1954	115	19	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	116	1	1	1	NUM
eltls-1954	116	2	0	0	NUM
eltls-1954	116	3	6	6	NUM
eltls-1954	116	4	23	23	NUM
eltls-1954	116	5	20	20	NUM
eltls-1954	116	6	4	4	NUM
eltls-1954	116	7	i	i	PRON
eltls-1954	116	8	would	would	AUX
eltls-1954	116	9	prefer	prefer	VERB
eltls-1954	116	10	my	my	PRON
eltls-1954	116	11	teacher	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	116	12	to	to	PART
eltls-1954	116	13	use	use	VERB
eltls-1954	116	14	indonesian	indonesian	ADJ
eltls-1954	116	15	/	/	SYM
eltls-1954	116	16	regional	regional	ADJ
eltls-1954	116	17	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	116	18	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	116	19	english	english	PROPN
eltls-1954	116	20	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	116	21	english	english	ADJ
eltls-1954	116	22	foreign	foreign	ADJ
eltls-1954	116	23	classroom	classroom	NOUN
eltls-1954	116	24	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	117	1	22	22	NUM
eltls-1954	117	2	19	19	NUM
eltls-1954	117	3	8	8	NUM
eltls-1954	117	4	1	1	NUM
eltls-1954	117	5	0	0	NUM
eltls-1954	117	6	5	5	NUM
eltls-1954	117	7	i	i	PRON
eltls-1954	117	8	feel	feel	VERB
eltls-1954	117	9	frustrated	frustrated	ADJ
eltls-1954	117	10	when	when	SCONJ
eltls-1954	117	11	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	117	12	teacher	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	117	13	uses	use	VERB
eltls-1954	117	14	both	both	CCONJ
eltls-1954	117	15	indonesian	indonesian	ADJ
eltls-1954	117	16	/	/	SYM
eltls-1954	117	17	regional	regional	ADJ
eltls-1954	117	18	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	117	19	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	117	20	english	english	NOUN
eltls-1954	117	21	during	during	ADP
eltls-1954	117	22	his	his	PRON
eltls-1954	117	23	/	/	SYM
eltls-1954	117	24	her	her	PRON
eltls-1954	117	25	teaching	teaching	NOUN
eltls-1954	117	26	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	118	1	2	2	NUM
eltls-1954	118	2	4	4	NUM
eltls-1954	118	3	6	6	NUM
eltls-1954	118	4	21	21	NUM
eltls-1954	118	5	17	17	NUM
eltls-1954	118	6	6	6	NUM
eltls-1954	118	7	i	i	PRON
eltls-1954	118	8	feel	feel	VERB
eltls-1954	118	9	happy	happy	ADJ
eltls-1954	118	10	when	when	SCONJ
eltls-1954	118	11	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	118	12	teacher	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	118	13	uses	use	VERB
eltls-1954	118	14	both	both	CCONJ
eltls-1954	118	15	indonesian	indonesian	ADJ
eltls-1954	118	16	/	/	SYM
eltls-1954	118	17	regional	regional	ADJ
eltls-1954	118	18	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	118	19	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	118	20	english	english	NOUN
eltls-1954	118	21	during	during	ADP
eltls-1954	118	22	his	his	PRON
eltls-1954	118	23	/	/	SYM
eltls-1954	118	24	her	her	PRON
eltls-1954	118	25	teaching	teaching	NOUN
eltls-1954	118	26	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	119	1	16	16	NUM
eltls-1954	119	2	25	25	NUM
eltls-1954	119	3	5	5	NUM
eltls-1954	119	4	4	4	NUM
eltls-1954	119	5	0	0	NUM
eltls-1954	119	6	7	7	NUM
eltls-1954	119	7	teacher	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	119	8	’s	’s	PART
eltls-1954	119	9	mixing	mixing	NOUN
eltls-1954	119	10	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	119	11	english	english	PROPN
eltls-1954	119	12	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	119	13	indonesian	indonesian	ADJ
eltls-1954	119	14	language	language	PROPN
eltls-1954	119	15	/	/	SYM
eltls-1954	119	16	first	first	ADJ
eltls-1954	119	17	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	119	18	is	be	AUX
eltls-1954	119	19	not	not	PART
eltls-1954	119	20	a	a	DET
eltls-1954	119	21	problem	problem	NOUN
eltls-1954	119	22	to	to	ADP
eltls-1954	119	23	me	i	PRON
eltls-1954	119	24	18	18	NUM
eltls-1954	119	25	25	25	NUM
eltls-1954	119	26	6	6	NUM
eltls-1954	119	27	0	0	NUM
eltls-1954	119	28	1	1	NUM
eltls-1954	119	29	8	8	NUM
eltls-1954	119	30	when	when	SCONJ
eltls-1954	119	31	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	119	32	teacher	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	119	33	mixes	mix	VERB
eltls-1954	119	34	indonesian	indonesian	ADJ
eltls-1954	119	35	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	119	36	/	/	SYM
eltls-1954	119	37	first	first	ADJ
eltls-1954	119	38	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	119	39	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	119	40	english	english	PROPN
eltls-1954	119	41	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	119	42	his	his	PRON
eltls-1954	119	43	/	/	SYM
eltls-1954	119	44	her	her	PRON
eltls-1954	119	45	teaching	teaching	NOUN
eltls-1954	119	46	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	119	47	i	i	PRON
eltls-1954	119	48	pay	pay	VERB
eltls-1954	119	49	attention	attention	NOUN
eltls-1954	119	50	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	120	1	17	17	NUM
eltls-1954	120	2	29	29	NUM
eltls-1954	120	3	2	2	NUM
eltls-1954	120	4	1	1	NUM
eltls-1954	120	5	1	1	NUM
eltls-1954	120	6	table	table	NOUN
eltls-1954	120	7	5	5	NUM
eltls-1954	120	8	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	121	1	students	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	121	2	’	'	PUNCT
eltls-1954	121	3	attitudes	attitude	NOUN
eltls-1954	121	4	towards	towards	ADP
eltls-1954	121	5	teacher	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	121	6	’s	’s	PART
eltls-1954	121	7	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	121	8	switching	switching	NOUN
eltls-1954	121	9	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	121	10	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	121	11	mixing	mixing	NOUN
eltls-1954	121	12	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	121	13	efl	efl	PROPN
eltls-1954	121	14	classroom	classroom	NOUN
eltls-1954	121	15	item	item	PROPN
eltls-1954	121	16	sa	sa	PROPN
eltls-1954	121	17	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	121	18	5	5	NUM
eltls-1954	121	19	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	121	20	a	a	DET
eltls-1954	121	21	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	121	22	4	4	NUM
eltls-1954	121	23	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	121	24	nae	nae	NOUN
eltls-1954	121	25	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	121	26	3	3	NUM
eltls-1954	121	27	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	121	28	d	d	NOUN
eltls-1954	121	29	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	121	30	2	2	NUM
eltls-1954	121	31	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	121	32	sd	sd	NOUN
eltls-1954	121	33	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	121	34	1	1	NUM
eltls-1954	121	35	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	121	36	n	n	NOUN
eltls-1954	121	37	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	122	1	n	n	PRON
eltls-1954	122	2	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	123	1	n	n	PRON
eltls-1954	123	2	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	124	1	n	n	PRON
eltls-1954	124	2	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	125	1	n	n	DET
eltls-1954	125	2	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	125	3	1	1	NUM
eltls-1954	125	4	2	2	NUM
eltls-1954	125	5	4	4	NUM
eltls-1954	125	6	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	125	7	17	17	NUM
eltls-1954	125	8	34	34	NUM
eltls-1954	125	9	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	125	10	14	14	NUM
eltls-1954	125	11	28	28	NUM
eltls-1954	125	12	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	125	13	11	11	NUM
eltls-1954	125	14	22	22	NUM
eltls-1954	125	15	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	125	16	6	6	NUM
eltls-1954	125	17	12	12	NUM
eltls-1954	125	18	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	125	19	2	2	NUM
eltls-1954	125	20	23	23	NUM
eltls-1954	125	21	46	46	NUM
eltls-1954	125	22	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	125	23	20	20	NUM
eltls-1954	125	24	40	40	NUM
eltls-1954	125	25	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	125	26	2	2	NUM
eltls-1954	125	27	4	4	NUM
eltls-1954	125	28	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	125	29	3	3	NUM
eltls-1954	125	30	6	6	NUM
eltls-1954	125	31	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	125	32	2	2	NUM
eltls-1954	125	33	4	4	NUM
eltls-1954	125	34	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	125	35	3	3	NUM
eltls-1954	125	36	1	1	NUM
eltls-1954	125	37	2	2	NUM
eltls-1954	125	38	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	125	39	0	0	NUM
eltls-1954	125	40	0	0	NUM
eltls-1954	125	41	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	125	42	6	6	NUM
eltls-1954	125	43	12	12	NUM
eltls-1954	125	44	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	125	45	23	23	NUM
eltls-1954	125	46	46	46	NUM
eltls-1954	125	47	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	125	48	20	20	NUM
eltls-1954	125	49	40	40	NUM
eltls-1954	125	50	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	125	51	4	4	NUM
eltls-1954	125	52	22	22	NUM
eltls-1954	125	53	44	44	NUM
eltls-1954	125	54	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	125	55	19	19	NUM
eltls-1954	125	56	38	38	NUM
eltls-1954	125	57	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	125	58	8	8	NUM
eltls-1954	125	59	16	16	NUM
eltls-1954	125	60	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	125	61	1	1	NUM
eltls-1954	125	62	2	2	NUM
eltls-1954	125	63	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	125	64	0	0	NUM
eltls-1954	125	65	0	0	NUM
eltls-1954	125	66	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	125	67	www.scholink.org/ojs/index.php/eltls	www.scholink.org/ojs/index.php/eltls	ADJ
eltls-1954	125	68	english	english	ADJ
eltls-1954	125	69	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	125	70	teaching	teaching	NOUN
eltls-1954	125	71	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	125	72	linguistics	linguistic	NOUN
eltls-1954	125	73	studies	study	NOUN
eltls-1954	125	74	vol	vol	NOUN
eltls-1954	125	75	.	.	PROPN
eltls-1954	125	76	1	1	NUM
eltls-1954	125	77	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	125	78	no	no	INTJ
eltls-1954	125	79	.	.	NOUN
eltls-1954	125	80	1	1	NUM
eltls-1954	125	81	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	125	82	2019	2019	NUM
eltls-1954	125	83	9	9	NUM
eltls-1954	125	84	published	publish	VERB
eltls-1954	125	85	by	by	ADP
eltls-1954	125	86	scholink	scholink	PROPN
eltls-1954	125	87	inc	inc	PROPN
eltls-1954	125	88	.	.	PROPN
eltls-1954	125	89	5	5	NUM
eltls-1954	125	90	2	2	NUM
eltls-1954	125	91	4	4	NUM
eltls-1954	125	92	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	125	93	4	4	NUM
eltls-1954	125	94	8	8	NUM
eltls-1954	125	95	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	125	96	6	6	NUM
eltls-1954	125	97	12	12	NUM
eltls-1954	125	98	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	125	99	21	21	NUM
eltls-1954	125	100	42	42	NUM
eltls-1954	125	101	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	125	102	17	17	NUM
eltls-1954	125	103	34	34	NUM
eltls-1954	125	104	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	125	105	6	6	NUM
eltls-1954	125	106	16	16	NUM
eltls-1954	125	107	32	32	NUM
eltls-1954	125	108	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	125	109	25	25	NUM
eltls-1954	125	110	50	50	NUM
eltls-1954	125	111	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	125	112	5	5	NUM
eltls-1954	125	113	10	10	NUM
eltls-1954	125	114	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	125	115	4	4	NUM
eltls-1954	125	116	8	8	NUM
eltls-1954	125	117	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	125	118	0	0	NUM
eltls-1954	125	119	0	0	NUM
eltls-1954	125	120	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	125	121	7	7	NUM
eltls-1954	125	122	18	18	NUM
eltls-1954	125	123	36	36	NUM
eltls-1954	125	124	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	125	125	25	25	NUM
eltls-1954	125	126	50	50	NUM
eltls-1954	125	127	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	125	128	6	6	NUM
eltls-1954	125	129	12	12	NUM
eltls-1954	125	130	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	125	131	0	0	NUM
eltls-1954	125	132	0	0	NUM
eltls-1954	125	133	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	125	134	1	1	NUM
eltls-1954	125	135	2	2	NUM
eltls-1954	125	136	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	125	137	8	8	NUM
eltls-1954	125	138	17	17	NUM
eltls-1954	125	139	34	34	NUM
eltls-1954	125	140	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	125	141	29	29	NUM
eltls-1954	125	142	58	58	NUM
eltls-1954	125	143	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	125	144	2	2	NUM
eltls-1954	125	145	4	4	NUM
eltls-1954	125	146	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	125	147	1	1	NUM
eltls-1954	125	148	2	2	NUM
eltls-1954	125	149	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	125	150	1	1	NUM
eltls-1954	125	151	2	2	NUM
eltls-1954	125	152	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	125	153	4	4	NUM
eltls-1954	125	154	.	.	NOUN
eltls-1954	125	155	discussion	discussion	VERB
eltls-1954	125	156	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	125	157	frequency	frequency	NOUN
eltls-1954	125	158	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	125	159	teachers	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	125	160	uses	use	VERB
eltls-1954	125	161	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	125	162	mixing	mixing	NOUN
eltls-1954	125	163	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	125	164	switching	switching	NOUN
eltls-1954	125	165	illustrates	illustrate	VERB
eltls-1954	125	166	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	125	167	use	use	NOUN
eltls-1954	125	168	frequency	frequency	NOUN
eltls-1954	125	169	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	125	170	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	125	171	switching	switching	NOUN
eltls-1954	125	172	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	125	173	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	125	174	mixing	mixing	NOUN
eltls-1954	125	175	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	125	176	efl	efl	PROPN
eltls-1954	125	177	classroom	classroom	NOUN
eltls-1954	125	178	at	at	ADP
eltls-1954	125	179	smk	smk	PROPN
eltls-1954	125	180	bunga	bunga	PROPN
eltls-1954	125	181	persada	persada	PROPN
eltls-1954	125	182	during	during	ADP
eltls-1954	125	183	teaching	teach	VERB
eltls-1954	125	184	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	125	185	learning	learn	VERB
eltls-1954	125	186	activities	activity	NOUN
eltls-1954	125	187	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	126	1	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	126	2	researcher	researcher	NOUN
eltls-1954	126	3	made	make	VERB
eltls-1954	126	4	questionnaire	questionnaire	NOUN
eltls-1954	126	5	with	with	ADP
eltls-1954	126	6	positive	positive	ADJ
eltls-1954	126	7	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	126	8	negative	negative	ADJ
eltls-1954	126	9	statements	statement	NOUN
eltls-1954	126	10	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	127	1	number	number	NOUN
eltls-1954	127	2	1	1	NUM
eltls-1954	127	3	-	-	SYM
eltls-1954	127	4	6	6	NUM
eltls-1954	127	5	are	be	AUX
eltls-1954	127	6	positive	positive	ADJ
eltls-1954	127	7	statements	statement	NOUN
eltls-1954	127	8	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	127	9	number	number	NOUN
eltls-1954	127	10	7	7	NUM
eltls-1954	127	11	-	-	SYM
eltls-1954	127	12	12	12	NUM
eltls-1954	127	13	are	be	AUX
eltls-1954	127	14	negative	negative	ADJ
eltls-1954	127	15	statements	statement	NOUN
eltls-1954	127	16	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	128	1	from	from	ADP
eltls-1954	128	2	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	128	3	table	table	NOUN
eltls-1954	128	4	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	128	5	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	128	6	first	first	ADJ
eltls-1954	128	7	statement	statement	NOUN
eltls-1954	128	8	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	128	9	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	128	10	questionnaire	questionnaire	NOUN
eltls-1954	128	11	stated	state	VERB
eltls-1954	128	12	that	that	SCONJ
eltls-1954	128	13	mixing	mix	VERB
eltls-1954	128	14	english	english	PROPN
eltls-1954	128	15	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	128	16	indonesian	indonesian	ADJ
eltls-1954	128	17	language	language	PROPN
eltls-1954	128	18	/	/	SYM
eltls-1954	128	19	first	first	ADJ
eltls-1954	128	20	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	128	21	is	be	AUX
eltls-1954	128	22	a	a	DET
eltls-1954	128	23	common	common	ADJ
eltls-1954	128	24	phenomenon	phenomenon	NOUN
eltls-1954	128	25	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	128	26	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	128	27	class	class	NOUN
eltls-1954	128	28	they	they	PRON
eltls-1954	128	29	have	have	AUX
eltls-1954	128	30	attended	attend	VERB
eltls-1954	128	31	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	128	32	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	129	1	it	it	PRON
eltls-1954	129	2	can	can	AUX
eltls-1954	129	3	be	be	AUX
eltls-1954	129	4	seen	see	VERB
eltls-1954	129	5	that	that	SCONJ
eltls-1954	129	6	23	23	NUM
eltls-1954	129	7	students	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	129	8	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	129	9	46	46	NUM
eltls-1954	129	10	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	129	11	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	129	12	strongly	strongly	ADV
eltls-1954	129	13	agreed	agree	VERB
eltls-1954	129	14	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	129	15	20	20	NUM
eltls-1954	129	16	students	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	129	17	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	129	18	40	40	NUM
eltls-1954	129	19	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	129	20	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	129	21	agreed	agree	VERB
eltls-1954	129	22	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	130	1	this	this	DET
eltls-1954	130	2	data	datum	NOUN
eltls-1954	130	3	was	be	AUX
eltls-1954	130	4	supported	support	VERB
eltls-1954	130	5	from	from	ADP
eltls-1954	130	6	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	130	7	interview	interview	NOUN
eltls-1954	130	8	to	to	ADP
eltls-1954	130	9	several	several	ADJ
eltls-1954	130	10	students	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	130	11	who	who	PRON
eltls-1954	130	12	claimed	claim	VERB
eltls-1954	130	13	that	that	SCONJ
eltls-1954	130	14	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	130	15	use	use	NOUN
eltls-1954	130	16	both	both	CCONJ
eltls-1954	130	17	english	english	PROPN
eltls-1954	130	18	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	130	19	indonesian	indonesian	PROPN
eltls-1954	130	20	are	be	AUX
eltls-1954	130	21	common	common	ADJ
eltls-1954	130	22	practice	practice	NOUN
eltls-1954	130	23	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	130	24	efl	efl	PROPN
eltls-1954	130	25	classroom	classroom	NOUN
eltls-1954	130	26	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	131	1	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	131	2	second	second	ADJ
eltls-1954	131	3	statement	statement	NOUN
eltls-1954	131	4	stated	state	VERB
eltls-1954	131	5	that	that	SCONJ
eltls-1954	131	6	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	131	7	english	english	ADJ
eltls-1954	131	8	teacher	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	131	9	’s	’s	PART
eltls-1954	131	10	main	main	ADJ
eltls-1954	131	11	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	131	12	when	when	SCONJ
eltls-1954	131	13	delivering	deliver	VERB
eltls-1954	131	14	material	material	NOUN
eltls-1954	131	15	is	be	AUX
eltls-1954	131	16	always	always	ADV
eltls-1954	131	17	english	english	ADJ
eltls-1954	131	18	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	132	1	there	there	PRON
eltls-1954	132	2	were	be	VERB
eltls-1954	132	3	35	35	NUM
eltls-1954	132	4	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	132	5	70	70	NUM
eltls-1954	132	6	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	132	7	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	132	8	students	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	132	9	disagreed	disagree	VERB
eltls-1954	132	10	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	132	11	9	9	NUM
eltls-1954	132	12	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	132	13	18	18	NUM
eltls-1954	132	14	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	132	15	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	132	16	students	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	132	17	strongly	strongly	ADV
eltls-1954	132	18	disagreed	disagree	VERB
eltls-1954	132	19	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	133	1	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	133	2	third	third	ADJ
eltls-1954	133	3	question	question	NOUN
eltls-1954	133	4	stated	state	VERB
eltls-1954	133	5	that	that	SCONJ
eltls-1954	133	6	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	133	7	english	english	ADJ
eltls-1954	133	8	teacher	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	133	9	frequently	frequently	ADV
eltls-1954	133	10	mixes	mix	VERB
eltls-1954	133	11	indonesian	indonesian	ADJ
eltls-1954	133	12	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	133	13	/	/	SYM
eltls-1954	133	14	first	first	ADJ
eltls-1954	133	15	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	133	16	with	with	ADP
eltls-1954	133	17	english	english	PROPN
eltls-1954	133	18	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	133	19	his	his	PRON
eltls-1954	133	20	/	/	SYM
eltls-1954	133	21	her	her	PRON
eltls-1954	133	22	lectures	lecture	NOUN
eltls-1954	133	23	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	134	1	there	there	PRON
eltls-1954	134	2	were	be	VERB
eltls-1954	134	3	20	20	NUM
eltls-1954	134	4	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	134	5	40	40	NUM
eltls-1954	134	6	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	134	7	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	134	8	students	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	134	9	strongly	strongly	ADV
eltls-1954	134	10	agreed	agree	VERB
eltls-1954	134	11	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	134	12	25	25	NUM
eltls-1954	134	13	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	134	14	50	50	NUM
eltls-1954	134	15	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	134	16	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	134	17	students	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	134	18	agreed	agree	VERB
eltls-1954	134	19	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	135	1	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	135	2	fourth	fourth	ADJ
eltls-1954	135	3	statement	statement	NOUN
eltls-1954	135	4	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	135	5	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	135	6	questionnaire	questionnaire	NOUN
eltls-1954	135	7	stated	state	VERB
eltls-1954	135	8	that	that	SCONJ
eltls-1954	135	9	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	135	10	english	english	ADJ
eltls-1954	135	11	teacher	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	135	12	usually	usually	ADV
eltls-1954	135	13	maintains	maintain	VERB
eltls-1954	135	14	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	135	15	english	english	ADJ
eltls-1954	135	16	terminology	terminology	NOUN
eltls-1954	135	17	but	but	CCONJ
eltls-1954	135	18	uses	use	VERB
eltls-1954	135	19	indonesian	indonesian	ADJ
eltls-1954	135	20	language	language	PROPN
eltls-1954	135	21	/	/	SYM
eltls-1954	135	22	first	first	ADJ
eltls-1954	135	23	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	135	24	to	to	PART
eltls-1954	135	25	give	give	VERB
eltls-1954	135	26	further	further	ADJ
eltls-1954	135	27	explanation	explanation	NOUN
eltls-1954	135	28	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	136	1	there	there	PRON
eltls-1954	136	2	were	be	VERB
eltls-1954	136	3	35	35	NUM
eltls-1954	136	4	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	136	5	70	70	NUM
eltls-1954	136	6	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	136	7	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	136	8	students	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	136	9	strongly	strongly	ADV
eltls-1954	136	10	agreed	agree	VERB
eltls-1954	136	11	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	136	12	12	12	NUM
eltls-1954	136	13	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	136	14	24	24	NUM
eltls-1954	136	15	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	136	16	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	137	1	students	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	137	2	agreed	agree	VERB
eltls-1954	137	3	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	138	1	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	138	2	fifth	fifth	ADJ
eltls-1954	138	3	statement	statement	NOUN
eltls-1954	138	4	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	138	5	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	138	6	questionnaire	questionnaire	NOUN
eltls-1954	138	7	stated	state	VERB
eltls-1954	138	8	that	that	SCONJ
eltls-1954	138	9	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	138	10	english	english	ADJ
eltls-1954	138	11	teacher	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	138	12	has	have	VERB
eltls-1954	138	13	any	any	DET
eltls-1954	138	14	difficulty	difficulty	NOUN
eltls-1954	138	15	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	138	16	delivering	deliver	VERB
eltls-1954	138	17	materials	material	NOUN
eltls-1954	138	18	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	138	19	if	if	SCONJ
eltls-1954	138	20	it	it	PRON
eltls-1954	138	21	is	be	AUX
eltls-1954	138	22	only	only	ADV
eltls-1954	138	23	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	138	24	english	english	PROPN
eltls-1954	138	25	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	139	1	there	there	PRON
eltls-1954	139	2	were	be	VERB
eltls-1954	139	3	7	7	NUM
eltls-1954	139	4	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	139	5	14	14	NUM
eltls-1954	139	6	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	139	7	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	139	8	students	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	139	9	strongly	strongly	ADV
eltls-1954	139	10	agreed	agree	VERB
eltls-1954	139	11	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	139	12	12	12	NUM
eltls-1954	139	13	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	139	14	24	24	NUM
eltls-1954	139	15	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	139	16	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	140	1	students	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	140	2	agreed	agree	VERB
eltls-1954	140	3	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	140	4	7	7	NUM
eltls-1954	140	5	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	140	6	14	14	NUM
eltls-1954	140	7	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	140	8	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	140	9	students	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	140	10	neither	neither	CCONJ
eltls-1954	140	11	agreed	agree	VERB
eltls-1954	140	12	or	or	CCONJ
eltls-1954	140	13	disagreed	disagree	VERB
eltls-1954	140	14	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	140	15	19	19	NUM
eltls-1954	140	16	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	140	17	38	38	NUM
eltls-1954	140	18	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	140	19	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	141	1	students	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	141	2	disagreed	disagree	VERB
eltls-1954	141	3	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	142	1	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	142	2	sixth	sixth	ADJ
eltls-1954	142	3	statement	statement	NOUN
eltls-1954	142	4	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	142	5	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	142	6	questionnaire	questionnaire	NOUN
eltls-1954	142	7	stated	state	VERB
eltls-1954	142	8	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	142	9	english	english	ADJ
eltls-1954	142	10	teacher	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	142	11	always	always	ADV
eltls-1954	142	12	switches	switch	VERB
eltls-1954	142	13	to	to	ADP
eltls-1954	142	14	indonesian	indonesian	VERB
eltls-1954	142	15	language/	language/	NUM
eltls-1954	142	16	first	first	ADJ
eltls-1954	142	17	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	142	18	when	when	SCONJ
eltls-1954	142	19	we	we	PRON
eltls-1954	142	20	do	do	AUX
eltls-1954	142	21	not	not	PART
eltls-1954	142	22	understand	understand	VERB
eltls-1954	142	23	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	142	24	materials	material	NOUN
eltls-1954	142	25	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	143	1	there	there	PRON
eltls-1954	143	2	are	be	VERB
eltls-1954	143	3	27	27	NUM
eltls-1954	143	4	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	143	5	54	54	NUM
eltls-1954	143	6	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	143	7	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	143	8	students	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	143	9	strongly	strongly	ADV
eltls-1954	143	10	agreed	agree	VERB
eltls-1954	143	11	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	143	12	23	23	NUM
eltls-1954	143	13	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	143	14	46	46	NUM
eltls-1954	143	15	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	143	16	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	143	17	students	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	143	18	agreed	agree	VERB
eltls-1954	143	19	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	144	1	based	base	VERB
eltls-1954	144	2	on	on	ADP
eltls-1954	144	3	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	144	4	data	datum	NOUN
eltls-1954	144	5	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	144	6	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	144	7	teacher	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	144	8	usually	usually	ADV
eltls-1954	144	9	switched	switch	VERB
eltls-1954	144	10	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	144	11	mixed	mix	VERB
eltls-1954	144	12	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	144	13	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	144	14	from	from	ADP
eltls-1954	144	15	english	english	PROPN
eltls-1954	144	16	to	to	ADP
eltls-1954	144	17	indonesian	indonesian	ADJ
eltls-1954	144	18	or	or	CCONJ
eltls-1954	144	19	vice	vice	NOUN
eltls-1954	144	20	versa	versa	ADV
eltls-1954	144	21	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	145	1	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	145	2	frequency	frequency	NOUN
eltls-1954	145	3	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	145	4	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	145	5	switching	switching	NOUN
eltls-1954	145	6	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	145	7	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	145	8	mixing	mixing	NOUN
eltls-1954	145	9	done	do	VERB
eltls-1954	145	10	by	by	ADP
eltls-1954	145	11	teacher	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	145	12	seem	seem	VERB
eltls-1954	145	13	to	to	PART
eltls-1954	145	14	be	be	AUX
eltls-1954	145	15	influenced	influence	VERB
eltls-1954	145	16	by	by	ADP
eltls-1954	145	17	student	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	145	18	’s	’s	PART
eltls-1954	145	19	english	english	ADJ
eltls-1954	145	20	proficiency	proficiency	NOUN
eltls-1954	145	21	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	146	1	students	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	146	2	who	who	PRON
eltls-1954	146	3	are	be	AUX
eltls-1954	146	4	still	still	ADV
eltls-1954	146	5	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	146	6	learning	learn	VERB
eltls-1954	146	7	condition	condition	NOUN
eltls-1954	146	8	are	be	AUX
eltls-1954	146	9	still	still	ADV
eltls-1954	146	10	influenced	influence	VERB
eltls-1954	146	11	much	much	ADV
eltls-1954	146	12	from	from	ADP
eltls-1954	146	13	their	their	PRON
eltls-1954	146	14	native	native	ADJ
eltls-1954	146	15	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	146	16	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	146	17	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	146	18	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	146	19	order	order	NOUN
eltls-1954	146	20	to	to	PART
eltls-1954	146	21	cope	cope	VERB
eltls-1954	146	22	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	146	23	problems	problem	NOUN
eltls-1954	146	24	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	146	25	they	they	PRON
eltls-1954	146	26	tend	tend	VERB
eltls-1954	146	27	to	to	PART
eltls-1954	146	28	use	use	VERB
eltls-1954	146	29	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	146	30	switching	switching	NOUN
eltls-1954	146	31	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	146	32	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	146	33	mixing	mixing	NOUN
eltls-1954	146	34	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	147	1	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	147	2	finding	finding	NOUN
eltls-1954	147	3	is	be	AUX
eltls-1954	147	4	suitable	suitable	ADJ
eltls-1954	147	5	with	with	ADP
eltls-1954	147	6	lin	lin	PROPN
eltls-1954	147	7	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	147	8	2016	2016	NUM
eltls-1954	147	9	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	147	10	p.	p.	NOUN
eltls-1954	147	11	2	2	NUM
eltls-1954	147	12	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	147	13	which	which	PRON
eltls-1954	147	14	states	state	VERB
eltls-1954	147	15	that	that	SCONJ
eltls-1954	147	16	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	147	17	classroom	classroom	NOUN
eltls-1954	147	18	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	147	19	-	-	PUNCT
eltls-1954	147	20	switching	switching	NOUN
eltls-1954	147	21	refers	refer	NOUN
eltls-1954	147	22	to	to	ADP
eltls-1954	147	23	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	147	24	alternating	alternate	VERB
eltls-1954	147	25	use	use	NOUN
eltls-1954	147	26	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	147	27	more	more	ADJ
eltls-1954	147	28	than	than	ADP
eltls-1954	147	29	one	one	NUM
eltls-1954	147	30	linguistic	linguistic	ADJ
eltls-1954	147	31	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	147	32	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	147	33	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	147	34	classroom	classroom	NOUN
eltls-1954	147	35	by	by	ADP
eltls-1954	147	36	any	any	PRON
eltls-1954	147	37	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	147	38	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	147	39	classroom	classroom	NOUN
eltls-1954	147	40	participants	participant	NOUN
eltls-1954	147	41	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	147	42	e.g.	e.g.	ADV
eltls-1954	147	43	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	147	44	teacher	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	147	45	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	147	46	students	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	147	47	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	147	48	teacher	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	147	49	aide	aide	NOUN
eltls-1954	147	50	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	147	51	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	148	1	second	second	ADJ
eltls-1954	148	2	one	one	NOUN
eltls-1954	148	3	is	be	AUX
eltls-1954	148	4	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	148	5	functions	function	NOUN
eltls-1954	148	6	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	148	7	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	148	8	switching	switching	NOUN
eltls-1954	148	9	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	148	10	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	148	11	mixing	mixing	NOUN
eltls-1954	148	12	which	which	PRON
eltls-1954	148	13	were	be	AUX
eltls-1954	148	14	mainly	mainly	ADV
eltls-1954	148	15	found	find	VERB
eltls-1954	148	16	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	148	17	efl	efl	PROPN
eltls-1954	148	18	classroom	classroom	NOUN
eltls-1954	148	19	were	be	AUX
eltls-1954	148	20	topic	topic	NOUN
eltls-1954	148	21	switch	switch	NOUN
eltls-1954	148	22	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	148	23	affective	affective	NOUN
eltls-1954	148	24	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	148	25	repetitive	repetitive	ADJ
eltls-1954	148	26	referential	referential	ADJ
eltls-1954	148	27	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	148	28	directive	directive	NOUN
eltls-1954	148	29	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	148	30	expressive	expressive	ADJ
eltls-1954	148	31	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	148	32	phatic	phatic	ADJ
eltls-1954	148	33	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	148	34	metalinguistic	metalinguistic	ADJ
eltls-1954	148	35	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	148	36	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	148	37	poetic	poetic	ADJ
eltls-1954	148	38	function	function	NOUN
eltls-1954	148	39	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	149	1	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	149	2	addition	addition	NOUN
eltls-1954	149	3	to	to	ADP
eltls-1954	149	4	that	that	PRON
eltls-1954	149	5	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	149	6	repetitive	repetitive	ADJ
eltls-1954	149	7	function	function	NOUN
eltls-1954	149	8	was	be	AUX
eltls-1954	149	9	also	also	ADV
eltls-1954	149	10	found	find	VERB
eltls-1954	149	11	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	149	12	several	several	ADJ
eltls-1954	149	13	utterances	utterance	NOUN
eltls-1954	149	14	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	150	1	hence	hence	ADV
eltls-1954	150	2	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	150	3	it	it	PRON
eltls-1954	150	4	will	will	AUX
eltls-1954	150	5	be	be	AUX
eltls-1954	150	6	briefly	briefly	ADV
eltls-1954	150	7	included	include	VERB
eltls-1954	150	8	for	for	ADP
eltls-1954	150	9	discussion	discussion	NOUN
eltls-1954	150	10	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	150	11	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	150	12	following	follow	VERB
eltls-1954	150	13	chapter	chapter	NOUN
eltls-1954	150	14	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	151	1	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	151	2	teachers	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	151	3	’	'	PUNCT
eltls-1954	151	4	www.scholink.org/ojs/index.php/eltls	www.scholink.org/ojs/index.php/eltls	PROPN
eltls-1954	151	5	english	english	PROPN
eltls-1954	151	6	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	151	7	teaching	teaching	NOUN
eltls-1954	151	8	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	151	9	linguistics	linguistic	NOUN
eltls-1954	151	10	studies	study	NOUN
eltls-1954	151	11	vol	vol	NOUN
eltls-1954	151	12	.	.	PROPN
eltls-1954	152	1	1	1	NUM
eltls-1954	152	2	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	152	3	no	no	INTJ
eltls-1954	152	4	.	.	NOUN
eltls-1954	152	5	1	1	NUM
eltls-1954	152	6	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	152	7	2019	2019	NUM
eltls-1954	152	8	10	10	NUM
eltls-1954	152	9	published	publish	VERB
eltls-1954	152	10	by	by	ADP
eltls-1954	152	11	scholink	scholink	PROPN
eltls-1954	152	12	inc	inc	PROPN
eltls-1954	152	13	.	.	PROPN
eltls-1954	152	14	attitudes	attitude	NOUN
eltls-1954	152	15	towards	towards	ADP
eltls-1954	152	16	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	152	17	switching	switching	NOUN
eltls-1954	152	18	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	152	19	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	152	20	mixing	mixing	NOUN
eltls-1954	152	21	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	152	22	efl	efl	PROPN
eltls-1954	152	23	classroom	classroom	NOUN
eltls-1954	152	24	was	be	AUX
eltls-1954	152	25	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	152	26	fourth	fourth	ADJ
eltls-1954	152	27	research	research	NOUN
eltls-1954	152	28	question	question	NOUN
eltls-1954	152	29	which	which	PRON
eltls-1954	152	30	was	be	AUX
eltls-1954	152	31	investigated	investigate	VERB
eltls-1954	152	32	mainly	mainly	ADV
eltls-1954	152	33	through	through	ADP
eltls-1954	152	34	teacher	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	152	35	’s	’s	PART
eltls-1954	152	36	interview	interview	NOUN
eltls-1954	152	37	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	153	1	there	there	PRON
eltls-1954	153	2	were	be	VERB
eltls-1954	153	3	7	7	NUM
eltls-1954	153	4	sets	set	NOUN
eltls-1954	153	5	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	153	6	questions	question	NOUN
eltls-1954	153	7	which	which	PRON
eltls-1954	153	8	were	be	AUX
eltls-1954	153	9	asked	ask	VERB
eltls-1954	153	10	to	to	ADP
eltls-1954	153	11	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	153	12	efl	efl	PROPN
eltls-1954	153	13	teacher	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	153	14	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	154	1	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	154	2	first	first	ADJ
eltls-1954	154	3	question	question	NOUN
eltls-1954	154	4	was	be	AUX
eltls-1954	154	5	to	to	PART
eltls-1954	154	6	know	know	VERB
eltls-1954	154	7	whether	whether	SCONJ
eltls-1954	154	8	she	she	PRON
eltls-1954	154	9	switched	switch	VERB
eltls-1954	154	10	her	her	PRON
eltls-1954	154	11	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	154	12	from	from	ADP
eltls-1954	154	13	english	english	PROPN
eltls-1954	154	14	into	into	ADP
eltls-1954	154	15	indonesian	indonesian	ADJ
eltls-1954	154	16	/	/	SYM
eltls-1954	154	17	sundanese	sundanese	NOUN
eltls-1954	154	18	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	154	19	or	or	CCONJ
eltls-1954	154	20	conversely	conversely	ADV
eltls-1954	154	21	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	154	22	classroom	classroom	NOUN
eltls-1954	154	23	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	155	1	she	she	PRON
eltls-1954	155	2	responded	respond	VERB
eltls-1954	155	3	that	that	SCONJ
eltls-1954	155	4	sometimes	sometimes	ADV
eltls-1954	155	5	she	she	PRON
eltls-1954	155	6	often	often	ADV
eltls-1954	155	7	switched	switch	VERB
eltls-1954	155	8	her	her	PRON
eltls-1954	155	9	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	155	10	from	from	ADP
eltls-1954	155	11	english	english	PROPN
eltls-1954	155	12	to	to	ADP
eltls-1954	155	13	indonesian	indonesian	ADJ
eltls-1954	155	14	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	155	15	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	155	16	conversely	conversely	ADV
eltls-1954	155	17	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	155	18	because	because	SCONJ
eltls-1954	155	19	if	if	SCONJ
eltls-1954	155	20	she	she	PRON
eltls-1954	155	21	did	do	AUX
eltls-1954	155	22	n’t	not	PART
eltls-1954	155	23	mix	mix	VERB
eltls-1954	155	24	/	/	SYM
eltls-1954	155	25	switch	switch	NOUN
eltls-1954	155	26	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	155	27	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	155	28	students	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	155	29	ca	can	AUX
eltls-1954	155	30	n’t	not	PART
eltls-1954	155	31	understand	understand	VERB
eltls-1954	155	32	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	156	1	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	156	2	second	second	ADJ
eltls-1954	156	3	question	question	NOUN
eltls-1954	156	4	was	be	AUX
eltls-1954	156	5	to	to	PART
eltls-1954	156	6	find	find	VERB
eltls-1954	156	7	out	out	ADP
eltls-1954	156	8	why	why	SCONJ
eltls-1954	156	9	she	she	PRON
eltls-1954	156	10	switched	switch	VERB
eltls-1954	156	11	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	156	12	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	156	13	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	157	1	she	she	PRON
eltls-1954	157	2	explained	explain	VERB
eltls-1954	157	3	two	two	NUM
eltls-1954	157	4	reasons	reason	NOUN
eltls-1954	157	5	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	157	6	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	157	7	first	first	ADJ
eltls-1954	157	8	is	be	AUX
eltls-1954	157	9	she	she	PRON
eltls-1954	157	10	did	do	AUX
eltls-1954	157	11	n’t	not	PART
eltls-1954	157	12	switch	switch	VERB
eltls-1954	157	13	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	157	14	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	157	15	students	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	157	16	can	can	AUX
eltls-1954	157	17	not	not	PART
eltls-1954	157	18	understand	understand	VERB
eltls-1954	157	19	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	157	20	materials	material	NOUN
eltls-1954	157	21	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	157	22	second	second	ADV
eltls-1954	157	23	is	be	AUX
eltls-1954	157	24	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	157	25	students	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	157	26	will	will	AUX
eltls-1954	157	27	have	have	VERB
eltls-1954	157	28	addition	addition	NOUN
eltls-1954	157	29	vocabularies	vocabulary	NOUN
eltls-1954	157	30	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	158	1	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	158	2	third	third	ADJ
eltls-1954	158	3	question	question	NOUN
eltls-1954	158	4	was	be	AUX
eltls-1954	158	5	to	to	PART
eltls-1954	158	6	investigate	investigate	VERB
eltls-1954	158	7	what	what	DET
eltls-1954	158	8	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	158	9	should	should	AUX
eltls-1954	158	10	be	be	AUX
eltls-1954	158	11	used	use	VERB
eltls-1954	158	12	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	158	13	teaching	teach	VERB
eltls-1954	158	14	english	english	PROPN
eltls-1954	158	15	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	159	1	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	159	2	teacher	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	159	3	said	say	VERB
eltls-1954	159	4	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	159	5	ideally	ideally	ADV
eltls-1954	159	6	efl	efl	PROPN
eltls-1954	159	7	teachers	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	159	8	should	should	AUX
eltls-1954	159	9	use	use	VERB
eltls-1954	159	10	only	only	ADJ
eltls-1954	159	11	english	english	ADJ
eltls-1954	159	12	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	159	13	but	but	CCONJ
eltls-1954	159	14	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	159	15	problem	problem	NOUN
eltls-1954	159	16	was	be	AUX
eltls-1954	159	17	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	159	18	students	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	159	19	ca	can	AUX
eltls-1954	159	20	n’t	not	PART
eltls-1954	159	21	understand	understand	VERB
eltls-1954	159	22	if	if	SCONJ
eltls-1954	159	23	efl	efl	PROPN
eltls-1954	159	24	teacher	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	159	25	used	use	VERB
eltls-1954	159	26	only	only	ADV
eltls-1954	159	27	english	english	PROPN
eltls-1954	159	28	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	160	1	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	160	2	fourth	fourth	ADJ
eltls-1954	160	3	question	question	NOUN
eltls-1954	160	4	was	be	AUX
eltls-1954	160	5	to	to	PART
eltls-1954	160	6	figure	figure	VERB
eltls-1954	160	7	out	out	ADP
eltls-1954	160	8	what	what	DET
eltls-1954	160	9	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	160	10	she	she	PRON
eltls-1954	160	11	used	use	VERB
eltls-1954	160	12	more	more	ADV
eltls-1954	160	13	comfortable	comfortable	ADJ
eltls-1954	160	14	while	while	SCONJ
eltls-1954	160	15	she	she	PRON
eltls-1954	160	16	was	be	AUX
eltls-1954	160	17	teaching	teach	VERB
eltls-1954	160	18	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	161	1	as	as	ADP
eltls-1954	161	2	an	an	DET
eltls-1954	161	3	efl	efl	NOUN
eltls-1954	161	4	teacher	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	161	5	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	161	6	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	161	7	course	course	NOUN
eltls-1954	161	8	she	she	PRON
eltls-1954	161	9	was	be	AUX
eltls-1954	161	10	very	very	ADV
eltls-1954	161	11	comfortable	comfortable	ADJ
eltls-1954	161	12	using	use	VERB
eltls-1954	161	13	english	english	PROPN
eltls-1954	161	14	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	161	15	but	but	CCONJ
eltls-1954	161	16	there	there	PRON
eltls-1954	161	17	were	be	VERB
eltls-1954	161	18	several	several	ADJ
eltls-1954	161	19	problems	problem	NOUN
eltls-1954	161	20	if	if	SCONJ
eltls-1954	161	21	she	she	PRON
eltls-1954	161	22	just	just	ADV
eltls-1954	161	23	used	use	VERB
eltls-1954	161	24	english	english	PROPN
eltls-1954	161	25	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	161	26	so	so	SCONJ
eltls-1954	161	27	she	she	PRON
eltls-1954	161	28	would	would	AUX
eltls-1954	161	29	be	be	AUX
eltls-1954	161	30	more	more	ADV
eltls-1954	161	31	comfortable	comfortable	ADJ
eltls-1954	161	32	to	to	PART
eltls-1954	161	33	switch	switch	VERB
eltls-1954	161	34	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	161	35	mix	mix	VERB
eltls-1954	161	36	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	161	37	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	161	38	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	162	1	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	162	2	fifth	fifth	ADJ
eltls-1954	162	3	question	question	NOUN
eltls-1954	162	4	was	be	AUX
eltls-1954	162	5	whether	whether	SCONJ
eltls-1954	162	6	there	there	PRON
eltls-1954	162	7	were	be	VERB
eltls-1954	162	8	any	any	DET
eltls-1954	162	9	special	special	ADJ
eltls-1954	162	10	situations	situation	NOUN
eltls-1954	162	11	that	that	PRON
eltls-1954	162	12	she	she	PRON
eltls-1954	162	13	had	have	VERB
eltls-1954	162	14	to	to	PART
eltls-1954	162	15	switch	switch	VERB
eltls-1954	162	16	her	her	PRON
eltls-1954	162	17	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	162	18	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	162	19	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	162	20	classroom	classroom	NOUN
eltls-1954	162	21	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	162	22	how	how	SCONJ
eltls-1954	162	23	english	english	ADJ
eltls-1954	162	24	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	162	25	indonesian	indonesian	ADJ
eltls-1954	162	26	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	162	27	she	she	PRON
eltls-1954	162	28	used	use	VERB
eltls-1954	162	29	during	during	ADP
eltls-1954	162	30	teaching	teach	VERB
eltls-1954	162	31	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	163	1	actually	actually	ADV
eltls-1954	163	2	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	163	3	she	she	PRON
eltls-1954	163	4	taught	teach	VERB
eltls-1954	163	5	ten	ten	NUM
eltls-1954	163	6	grade	grade	NOUN
eltls-1954	163	7	students	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	163	8	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	163	9	they	they	PRON
eltls-1954	163	10	did	do	AUX
eltls-1954	163	11	n’t	not	PART
eltls-1954	163	12	have	have	VERB
eltls-1954	163	13	many	many	ADJ
eltls-1954	163	14	vocabularies	vocabulary	NOUN
eltls-1954	163	15	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	164	1	so	so	ADV
eltls-1954	164	2	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	164	3	when	when	SCONJ
eltls-1954	164	4	she	she	PRON
eltls-1954	164	5	taught	teach	VERB
eltls-1954	164	6	grammar	grammar	NOUN
eltls-1954	164	7	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	164	8	listening	listen	VERB
eltls-1954	164	9	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	164	10	she	she	PRON
eltls-1954	164	11	used	use	VERB
eltls-1954	164	12	english	english	PROPN
eltls-1954	164	13	first	first	ADV
eltls-1954	164	14	after	after	SCONJ
eltls-1954	164	15	that	that	SCONJ
eltls-1954	164	16	she	she	PRON
eltls-1954	164	17	translate	translate	VERB
eltls-1954	164	18	into	into	ADP
eltls-1954	164	19	indonesian	indonesian	PROPN
eltls-1954	164	20	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	165	1	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	165	2	sixth	sixth	ADJ
eltls-1954	165	3	question	question	NOUN
eltls-1954	165	4	was	be	AUX
eltls-1954	165	5	to	to	PART
eltls-1954	165	6	know	know	VERB
eltls-1954	165	7	how	how	SCONJ
eltls-1954	165	8	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	165	9	students	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	165	10	’	'	PUNCT
eltls-1954	165	11	respond	respond	VERB
eltls-1954	165	12	to	to	ADP
eltls-1954	165	13	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	165	14	she	she	PRON
eltls-1954	165	15	used	use	VERB
eltls-1954	165	16	during	during	ADP
eltls-1954	165	17	teaching	teach	VERB
eltls-1954	165	18	learning	learning	NOUN
eltls-1954	165	19	process	process	NOUN
eltls-1954	165	20	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	166	1	some	some	DET
eltls-1954	166	2	students	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	166	3	thought	think	VERB
eltls-1954	166	4	what	what	PRON
eltls-1954	166	5	she	she	PRON
eltls-1954	166	6	was	be	AUX
eltls-1954	166	7	talking	talk	VERB
eltls-1954	166	8	;	;	PUNCT
eltls-1954	166	9	some	some	DET
eltls-1954	166	10	students	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	166	11	understood	understand	VERB
eltls-1954	166	12	what	what	PRON
eltls-1954	166	13	she	she	PRON
eltls-1954	166	14	was	be	AUX
eltls-1954	166	15	talking	talk	VERB
eltls-1954	166	16	to	to	ADP
eltls-1954	166	17	them	they	PRON
eltls-1954	166	18	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	167	1	sometimes	sometimes	ADV
eltls-1954	167	2	they	they	PRON
eltls-1954	167	3	did	do	AUX
eltls-1954	167	4	n’t	not	PART
eltls-1954	167	5	know	know	VERB
eltls-1954	167	6	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	167	7	meaning	meaning	NOUN
eltls-1954	167	8	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	167	9	even	even	ADV
eltls-1954	167	10	they	they	PRON
eltls-1954	167	11	did	do	AUX
eltls-1954	167	12	n’t	not	PART
eltls-1954	167	13	understand	understand	VERB
eltls-1954	167	14	what	what	PRON
eltls-1954	167	15	she	she	PRON
eltls-1954	167	16	explained	explain	VERB
eltls-1954	167	17	to	to	ADP
eltls-1954	167	18	them	they	PRON
eltls-1954	167	19	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	167	20	so	so	ADV
eltls-1954	167	21	she	she	PRON
eltls-1954	167	22	translates	translate	VERB
eltls-1954	167	23	into	into	ADP
eltls-1954	167	24	indonesia	indonesia	PROPN
eltls-1954	167	25	or	or	CCONJ
eltls-1954	167	26	mix	mix	VERB
eltls-1954	167	27	english	english	PROPN
eltls-1954	167	28	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	167	29	indonesian	indonesian	ADJ
eltls-1954	167	30	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	167	31	sundanese	sundanese	NOUN
eltls-1954	167	32	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	168	1	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	168	2	seventh	seventh	ADJ
eltls-1954	168	3	question	question	NOUN
eltls-1954	168	4	was	be	AUX
eltls-1954	168	5	to	to	PART
eltls-1954	168	6	find	find	VERB
eltls-1954	168	7	out	out	ADP
eltls-1954	168	8	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	168	9	functions	function	NOUN
eltls-1954	168	10	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	168	11	switching	switching	NOUN
eltls-1954	168	12	/	/	SYM
eltls-1954	168	13	mixing	mix	VERB
eltls-1954	168	14	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	168	15	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	168	16	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	168	17	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	168	18	classroom	classroom	NOUN
eltls-1954	168	19	for	for	ADP
eltls-1954	168	20	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	168	21	students	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	168	22	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	169	1	she	she	PRON
eltls-1954	169	2	explained	explain	VERB
eltls-1954	169	3	that	that	SCONJ
eltls-1954	169	4	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	169	5	function	function	NOUN
eltls-1954	169	6	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	169	7	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	169	8	switching	switching	NOUN
eltls-1954	169	9	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	169	10	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	169	11	mixes	mix	VERB
eltls-1954	169	12	to	to	PART
eltls-1954	169	13	make	make	VERB
eltls-1954	169	14	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	169	15	students	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	169	16	understand	understand	VERB
eltls-1954	169	17	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	169	18	to	to	PART
eltls-1954	169	19	comprehend	comprehend	VERB
eltls-1954	169	20	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	169	21	materials	material	NOUN
eltls-1954	169	22	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	169	23	to	to	PART
eltls-1954	169	24	add	add	VERB
eltls-1954	169	25	vocabularies	vocabulary	NOUN
eltls-1954	169	26	for	for	ADP
eltls-1954	169	27	them	they	PRON
eltls-1954	169	28	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	170	1	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	170	2	eighth	eighth	ADJ
eltls-1954	170	3	question	question	NOUN
eltls-1954	170	4	was	be	AUX
eltls-1954	170	5	to	to	PART
eltls-1954	170	6	figure	figure	VERB
eltls-1954	170	7	out	out	ADP
eltls-1954	170	8	if	if	SCONJ
eltls-1954	170	9	there	there	PRON
eltls-1954	170	10	were	be	VERB
eltls-1954	170	11	any	any	DET
eltls-1954	170	12	beneficial	beneficial	ADJ
eltls-1954	170	13	for	for	ADP
eltls-1954	170	14	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	170	15	students	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	170	16	if	if	SCONJ
eltls-1954	170	17	she	she	PRON
eltls-1954	170	18	switched	switch	VERB
eltls-1954	170	19	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	170	20	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	170	21	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	171	1	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	171	2	benefit	benefit	NOUN
eltls-1954	171	3	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	171	4	switching	switch	VERB
eltls-1954	171	5	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	171	6	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	171	7	is	be	AUX
eltls-1954	171	8	make	make	VERB
eltls-1954	171	9	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	171	10	students	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	171	11	more	more	ADV
eltls-1954	171	12	understand	understand	ADJ
eltls-1954	171	13	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	171	14	to	to	PART
eltls-1954	171	15	add	add	VERB
eltls-1954	171	16	their	their	PRON
eltls-1954	171	17	vocabulary	vocabulary	NOUN
eltls-1954	171	18	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	171	19	to	to	PART
eltls-1954	171	20	improve	improve	VERB
eltls-1954	171	21	their	their	PRON
eltls-1954	171	22	knowledge	knowledge	NOUN
eltls-1954	171	23	also	also	ADV
eltls-1954	171	24	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	172	1	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	172	2	students	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	172	3	’	’	PART
eltls-1954	172	4	attitudes	attitude	NOUN
eltls-1954	172	5	towards	towards	ADP
eltls-1954	172	6	teacher	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	172	7	’s	’s	PART
eltls-1954	172	8	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	172	9	switching	switching	NOUN
eltls-1954	172	10	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	172	11	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	172	12	mixing	mixing	NOUN
eltls-1954	172	13	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	172	14	efl	efl	PROPN
eltls-1954	172	15	classroom	classroom	NOUN
eltls-1954	172	16	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	173	1	from	from	ADP
eltls-1954	173	2	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	173	3	table	table	NOUN
eltls-1954	173	4	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	173	5	11	11	NUM
eltls-1954	173	6	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	173	7	22	22	NUM
eltls-1954	173	8	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	173	9	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	173	10	students	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	173	11	disagreed	disagree	VERB
eltls-1954	173	12	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	173	13	6	6	NUM
eltls-1954	173	14	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	173	15	12	12	NUM
eltls-1954	173	16	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	173	17	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	174	1	students	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	174	2	strongly	strongly	ADV
eltls-1954	174	3	disagreed	disagree	VERB
eltls-1954	174	4	if	if	SCONJ
eltls-1954	174	5	english	english	ADJ
eltls-1954	174	6	teacher	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	174	7	to	to	PART
eltls-1954	174	8	minimize	minimize	VERB
eltls-1954	174	9	their	their	PRON
eltls-1954	174	10	use	use	NOUN
eltls-1954	174	11	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	174	12	indonesian	indonesian	ADJ
eltls-1954	174	13	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	174	14	/	/	SYM
eltls-1954	174	15	first	first	ADJ
eltls-1954	174	16	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	174	17	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	174	18	efl	efl	PROPN
eltls-1954	174	19	classroom	classroom	NOUN
eltls-1954	174	20	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	174	21	but	but	CCONJ
eltls-1954	174	22	17	17	NUM
eltls-1954	174	23	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	174	24	34	34	NUM
eltls-1954	174	25	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	174	26	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	174	27	students	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	174	28	agreed	agree	VERB
eltls-1954	174	29	with	with	ADP
eltls-1954	174	30	this	this	DET
eltls-1954	174	31	statement	statement	NOUN
eltls-1954	174	32	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	175	1	on	on	ADP
eltls-1954	175	2	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	175	3	other	other	ADJ
eltls-1954	175	4	hand	hand	NOUN
eltls-1954	175	5	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	175	6	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	175	7	second	second	ADJ
eltls-1954	175	8	statement	statement	NOUN
eltls-1954	175	9	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	175	10	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	175	11	questionnaire	questionnaire	NOUN
eltls-1954	175	12	stated	state	VERB
eltls-1954	175	13	that	that	SCONJ
eltls-1954	175	14	i	i	PRON
eltls-1954	175	15	would	would	AUX
eltls-1954	175	16	like	like	VERB
eltls-1954	175	17	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	175	18	teacher	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	175	19	to	to	PART
eltls-1954	175	20	use	use	VERB
eltls-1954	175	21	indonesian	indonesian	ADJ
eltls-1954	175	22	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	175	23	/	/	SYM
eltls-1954	175	24	first	first	ADJ
eltls-1954	175	25	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	175	26	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	175	27	english	english	PROPN
eltls-1954	175	28	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	175	29	efl	efl	PROPN
eltls-1954	175	30	classroom	classroom	NOUN
eltls-1954	175	31	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	176	1	it	it	PRON
eltls-1954	176	2	can	can	AUX
eltls-1954	176	3	be	be	AUX
eltls-1954	176	4	seen	see	VERB
eltls-1954	176	5	that	that	SCONJ
eltls-1954	176	6	23	23	NUM
eltls-1954	176	7	students	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	176	8	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	176	9	46	46	NUM
eltls-1954	176	10	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	176	11	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	176	12	strongly	strongly	ADV
eltls-1954	176	13	agreed	agree	VERB
eltls-1954	176	14	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	176	15	20	20	NUM
eltls-1954	176	16	students	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	176	17	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	176	18	40	40	NUM
eltls-1954	176	19	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	176	20	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	176	21	agreed	agree	VERB
eltls-1954	176	22	that	that	SCONJ
eltls-1954	176	23	their	their	PRON
eltls-1954	176	24	efl	efl	PROPN
eltls-1954	176	25	teacher	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	176	26	uses	use	VERB
eltls-1954	176	27	indonesian	indonesian	ADJ
eltls-1954	176	28	language	language	PROPN
eltls-1954	176	29	/	/	SYM
eltls-1954	176	30	first	first	ADJ
eltls-1954	176	31	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	176	32	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	176	33	english	english	PROPN
eltls-1954	176	34	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	176	35	efl	efl	PROPN
eltls-1954	176	36	classroom	classroom	NOUN
eltls-1954	176	37	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	177	1	based	base	VERB
eltls-1954	177	2	on	on	ADP
eltls-1954	177	3	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	177	4	supported	support	VERB
eltls-1954	177	5	from	from	ADP
eltls-1954	177	6	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	177	7	interview	interview	NOUN
eltls-1954	177	8	from	from	ADP
eltls-1954	177	9	several	several	ADJ
eltls-1954	177	10	students	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	177	11	who	who	PRON
eltls-1954	177	12	mentioned	mention	VERB
eltls-1954	177	13	that	that	SCONJ
eltls-1954	177	14	because	because	SCONJ
eltls-1954	177	15	they	they	PRON
eltls-1954	177	16	are	be	AUX
eltls-1954	177	17	non	non	ADJ
eltls-1954	177	18	-	-	ADJ
eltls-1954	177	19	native	native	ADJ
eltls-1954	177	20	students	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	177	21	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	177	22	they	they	PRON
eltls-1954	177	23	need	need	VERB
eltls-1954	177	24	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	177	25	teacher	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	177	26	to	to	PART
eltls-1954	177	27	switch	switch	VERB
eltls-1954	177	28	or	or	CCONJ
eltls-1954	177	29	mix	mix	VERB
eltls-1954	177	30	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	177	31	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	177	32	english	english	PROPN
eltls-1954	177	33	-	-	PUNCT
eltls-1954	177	34	indonesia	indonesia	PROPN
eltls-1954	177	35	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	177	36	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	177	37	conversely	conversely	ADV
eltls-1954	177	38	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	178	1	but	but	CCONJ
eltls-1954	178	2	one	one	NUM
eltls-1954	178	3	student	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	178	4	claimed	claim	VERB
eltls-1954	178	5	that	that	SCONJ
eltls-1954	178	6	english	english	ADJ
eltls-1954	178	7	teacher	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	178	8	should	should	AUX
eltls-1954	178	9	use	use	VERB
eltls-1954	178	10	more	more	ADJ
eltls-1954	178	11	english	english	PROPN
eltls-1954	178	12	to	to	PART
eltls-1954	178	13	make	make	VERB
eltls-1954	178	14	them	they	PRON
eltls-1954	178	15	learn	learn	VERB
eltls-1954	178	16	about	about	ADP
eltls-1954	178	17	english	english	ADJ
eltls-1954	178	18	vocabulary	vocabulary	NOUN
eltls-1954	178	19	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	179	1	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	179	2	second	second	ADJ
eltls-1954	179	3	www.scholink.org/ojs/index.php/eltls	www.scholink.org/ojs/index.php/eltls	ADJ
eltls-1954	179	4	english	english	ADJ
eltls-1954	179	5	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	179	6	teaching	teaching	NOUN
eltls-1954	179	7	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	179	8	linguistics	linguistic	NOUN
eltls-1954	179	9	studies	study	NOUN
eltls-1954	179	10	vol	vol	NOUN
eltls-1954	179	11	.	.	PROPN
eltls-1954	180	1	1	1	NUM
eltls-1954	180	2	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	180	3	no	no	INTJ
eltls-1954	180	4	.	.	NOUN
eltls-1954	180	5	1	1	NUM
eltls-1954	180	6	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	180	7	2019	2019	NUM
eltls-1954	180	8	11	11	NUM
eltls-1954	180	9	published	publish	VERB
eltls-1954	180	10	by	by	ADP
eltls-1954	180	11	scholink	scholink	PROPN
eltls-1954	180	12	inc	inc	PROPN
eltls-1954	180	13	.	.	PROPN
eltls-1954	180	14	statement	statement	NOUN
eltls-1954	180	15	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	180	16	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	180	17	questionnaire	questionnaire	NOUN
eltls-1954	180	18	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	180	19	stated	state	VERB
eltls-1954	180	20	that	that	SCONJ
eltls-1954	180	21	i	i	PRON
eltls-1954	180	22	would	would	AUX
eltls-1954	180	23	prefer	prefer	VERB
eltls-1954	180	24	my	my	PRON
eltls-1954	180	25	teacher	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	180	26	to	to	PART
eltls-1954	180	27	use	use	VERB
eltls-1954	180	28	only	only	ADJ
eltls-1954	180	29	english	english	PROPN
eltls-1954	180	30	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	180	31	efl	efl	PROPN
eltls-1954	180	32	classroom	classroom	NOUN
eltls-1954	180	33	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	181	1	there	there	PRON
eltls-1954	181	2	were	be	VERB
eltls-1954	181	3	23	23	NUM
eltls-1954	181	4	students	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	181	5	disagreed	disagree	VERB
eltls-1954	181	6	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	181	7	20	20	NUM
eltls-1954	181	8	students	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	181	9	agreed	agree	VERB
eltls-1954	181	10	with	with	ADP
eltls-1954	181	11	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	182	1	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	182	2	opposite	opposite	ADJ
eltls-1954	182	3	statement	statement	NOUN
eltls-1954	182	4	number	number	NOUN
eltls-1954	182	5	four	four	NUM
eltls-1954	182	6	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	182	7	they	they	PRON
eltls-1954	182	8	would	would	AUX
eltls-1954	182	9	prefer	prefer	VERB
eltls-1954	182	10	their	their	PRON
eltls-1954	182	11	efl	efl	PROPN
eltls-1954	182	12	teacher	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	182	13	use	use	VERB
eltls-1954	182	14	indonesian	indonesian	ADJ
eltls-1954	182	15	/	/	SYM
eltls-1954	182	16	first	first	ADJ
eltls-1954	182	17	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	182	18	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	182	19	english	english	PROPN
eltls-1954	182	20	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	182	21	efl	efl	PROPN
eltls-1954	182	22	classroom	classroom	NOUN
eltls-1954	182	23	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	182	24	it	it	PRON
eltls-1954	182	25	can	can	AUX
eltls-1954	182	26	be	be	AUX
eltls-1954	182	27	inferred	infer	VERB
eltls-1954	182	28	that	that	SCONJ
eltls-1954	182	29	most	most	ADJ
eltls-1954	182	30	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	182	31	students	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	182	32	;	;	PUNCT
eltls-1954	182	33	22	22	NUM
eltls-1954	182	34	students	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	182	35	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	182	36	44	44	NUM
eltls-1954	182	37	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	182	38	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	182	39	strongly	strongly	ADV
eltls-1954	182	40	agreed	agree	VERB
eltls-1954	182	41	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	182	42	19	19	NUM
eltls-1954	182	43	students	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	182	44	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	182	45	38	38	NUM
eltls-1954	182	46	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	182	47	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	182	48	agreed	agree	VERB
eltls-1954	182	49	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	183	1	from	from	ADP
eltls-1954	183	2	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	183	3	interview	interview	NOUN
eltls-1954	183	4	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	183	5	some	some	DET
eltls-1954	183	6	students	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	183	7	said	say	VERB
eltls-1954	183	8	that	that	SCONJ
eltls-1954	183	9	it	it	PRON
eltls-1954	183	10	is	be	AUX
eltls-1954	183	11	much	much	ADV
eltls-1954	183	12	more	more	ADV
eltls-1954	183	13	convenient	convenient	ADJ
eltls-1954	183	14	for	for	ADP
eltls-1954	183	15	them	they	PRON
eltls-1954	183	16	if	if	SCONJ
eltls-1954	183	17	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	183	18	teacher	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	183	19	switch	switch	VERB
eltls-1954	183	20	or	or	CCONJ
eltls-1954	183	21	mix	mix	VERB
eltls-1954	183	22	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	183	23	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	183	24	between	between	ADP
eltls-1954	183	25	english	english	PROPN
eltls-1954	183	26	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	183	27	indonesian	indonesian	ADJ
eltls-1954	183	28	/	/	SYM
eltls-1954	183	29	first	first	ADJ
eltls-1954	183	30	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	183	31	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	184	1	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	184	2	third	third	ADJ
eltls-1954	184	3	statement	statement	NOUN
eltls-1954	184	4	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	184	5	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	184	6	questionnaire	questionnaire	NOUN
eltls-1954	184	7	stated	state	VERB
eltls-1954	184	8	that	that	SCONJ
eltls-1954	184	9	they	they	PRON
eltls-1954	184	10	feel	feel	VERB
eltls-1954	184	11	happy	happy	ADJ
eltls-1954	184	12	when	when	SCONJ
eltls-1954	184	13	english	english	ADJ
eltls-1954	184	14	teacher	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	184	15	uses	use	VERB
eltls-1954	184	16	both	both	CCONJ
eltls-1954	184	17	indonesian	indonesian	ADJ
eltls-1954	184	18	/	/	SYM
eltls-1954	184	19	first	first	ADJ
eltls-1954	184	20	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	184	21	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	184	22	english	english	NOUN
eltls-1954	184	23	during	during	ADP
eltls-1954	184	24	his	his	PRON
eltls-1954	184	25	/	/	SYM
eltls-1954	184	26	her	her	PRON
eltls-1954	184	27	teaching	teaching	NOUN
eltls-1954	184	28	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	184	29	it	it	PRON
eltls-1954	184	30	can	can	AUX
eltls-1954	184	31	be	be	AUX
eltls-1954	184	32	interfered	interfere	VERB
eltls-1954	184	33	that	that	SCONJ
eltls-1954	184	34	most	most	ADJ
eltls-1954	184	35	students	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	184	36	;	;	PUNCT
eltls-1954	184	37	16	16	NUM
eltls-1954	184	38	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	184	39	32	32	NUM
eltls-1954	184	40	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	184	41	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	184	42	students	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	184	43	strongly	strongly	ADV
eltls-1954	184	44	agreed	agree	VERB
eltls-1954	184	45	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	184	46	25	25	NUM
eltls-1954	184	47	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	184	48	50	50	NUM
eltls-1954	184	49	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	184	50	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	184	51	students	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	184	52	agreed	agree	VERB
eltls-1954	184	53	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	184	54	they	they	PRON
eltls-1954	184	55	could	could	AUX
eltls-1954	184	56	feel	feel	VERB
eltls-1954	184	57	much	much	ADV
eltls-1954	184	58	more	more	ADV
eltls-1954	184	59	relaxed	relaxed	ADJ
eltls-1954	184	60	from	from	ADP
eltls-1954	184	61	thinking	think	VERB
eltls-1954	184	62	all	all	DET
eltls-1954	184	63	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	184	64	time	time	NOUN
eltls-1954	184	65	to	to	PART
eltls-1954	184	66	interpret	interpret	VERB
eltls-1954	184	67	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	184	68	message	message	NOUN
eltls-1954	184	69	from	from	ADP
eltls-1954	184	70	their	their	PRON
eltls-1954	184	71	lecturers	lecturer	NOUN
eltls-1954	184	72	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	185	1	moreover	moreover	ADV
eltls-1954	185	2	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	185	3	from	from	ADP
eltls-1954	185	4	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	185	5	data	data	NOUN
eltls-1954	185	6	list	list	NOUN
eltls-1954	185	7	on	on	ADP
eltls-1954	185	8	table	table	NOUN
eltls-1954	185	9	5	5	NUM
eltls-1954	185	10	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	185	11	it	it	PRON
eltls-1954	185	12	can	can	AUX
eltls-1954	185	13	be	be	AUX
eltls-1954	185	14	seen	see	VERB
eltls-1954	185	15	that	that	SCONJ
eltls-1954	185	16	most	most	ADJ
eltls-1954	185	17	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	185	18	students	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	185	19	;	;	PUNCT
eltls-1954	185	20	18(36	18(36	NUM
eltls-1954	185	21	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	185	22	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	185	23	strongly	strongly	ADV
eltls-1954	185	24	agreed	agree	VERB
eltls-1954	185	25	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	185	26	25	25	NUM
eltls-1954	185	27	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	185	28	50	50	NUM
eltls-1954	185	29	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	185	30	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	185	31	students	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	185	32	agreed	agree	VERB
eltls-1954	185	33	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	185	34	if	if	SCONJ
eltls-1954	185	35	teacher	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	185	36	’s	’s	ADV
eltls-1954	185	37	mixing	mixing	NOUN
eltls-1954	185	38	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	185	39	english	english	PROPN
eltls-1954	185	40	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	185	41	indonesian	indonesian	ADJ
eltls-1954	185	42	language	language	PROPN
eltls-1954	185	43	/	/	SYM
eltls-1954	185	44	first	first	ADJ
eltls-1954	185	45	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	185	46	is	be	AUX
eltls-1954	185	47	not	not	PART
eltls-1954	185	48	a	a	DET
eltls-1954	185	49	problem	problem	NOUN
eltls-1954	185	50	to	to	ADP
eltls-1954	185	51	them	they	PRON
eltls-1954	185	52	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	186	1	from	from	ADP
eltls-1954	186	2	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	186	3	interview	interview	NOUN
eltls-1954	186	4	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	186	5	some	some	DET
eltls-1954	186	6	students	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	186	7	said	say	VERB
eltls-1954	186	8	that	that	SCONJ
eltls-1954	186	9	it	it	PRON
eltls-1954	186	10	is	be	AUX
eltls-1954	186	11	much	much	ADV
eltls-1954	186	12	more	more	ADV
eltls-1954	186	13	convenient	convenient	ADJ
eltls-1954	186	14	for	for	SCONJ
eltls-1954	186	15	them	they	PRON
eltls-1954	186	16	to	to	PART
eltls-1954	186	17	listen	listen	VERB
eltls-1954	186	18	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	186	19	explanation	explanation	NOUN
eltls-1954	186	20	that	that	PRON
eltls-1954	186	21	mixed	mix	VERB
eltls-1954	186	22	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	186	23	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	186	24	between	between	ADP
eltls-1954	186	25	english	english	PROPN
eltls-1954	186	26	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	186	27	indonesian	indonesian	ADJ
eltls-1954	186	28	/	/	SYM
eltls-1954	186	29	first	first	ADJ
eltls-1954	186	30	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	186	31	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	187	1	when	when	SCONJ
eltls-1954	187	2	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	187	3	teacher	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	187	4	mixes	mix	VERB
eltls-1954	187	5	indonesian	indonesian	ADJ
eltls-1954	187	6	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	187	7	/	/	SYM
eltls-1954	187	8	first	first	ADJ
eltls-1954	187	9	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	187	10	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	187	11	english	english	PROPN
eltls-1954	187	12	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	187	13	his	his	PRON
eltls-1954	187	14	/	/	SYM
eltls-1954	187	15	her	her	PRON
eltls-1954	187	16	teaching	teaching	NOUN
eltls-1954	187	17	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	187	18	i	i	PRON
eltls-1954	187	19	pay	pay	VERB
eltls-1954	187	20	attention	attention	NOUN
eltls-1954	187	21	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	187	22	point	point	NOUN
eltls-1954	187	23	6	6	NUM
eltls-1954	187	24	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	187	25	most	most	ADJ
eltls-1954	187	26	students	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	187	27	;	;	PUNCT
eltls-1954	187	28	17	17	NUM
eltls-1954	187	29	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	187	30	34	34	NUM
eltls-1954	187	31	%	%	NOUN
eltls-1954	187	32	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	187	33	students	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	187	34	strongly	strongly	ADV
eltls-1954	187	35	agreed	agree	VERB
eltls-1954	187	36	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	188	1	finally	finally	ADV
eltls-1954	188	2	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	188	3	most	most	ADJ
eltls-1954	188	4	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	188	5	students	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	188	6	claimed	claim	VERB
eltls-1954	188	7	that	that	SCONJ
eltls-1954	188	8	they	they	PRON
eltls-1954	188	9	would	would	AUX
eltls-1954	188	10	respect	respect	VERB
eltls-1954	188	11	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	188	12	teacher	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	188	13	who	who	PRON
eltls-1954	188	14	teaches	teach	VERB
eltls-1954	188	15	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	188	16	class	class	NOUN
eltls-1954	188	17	by	by	ADP
eltls-1954	188	18	using	use	VERB
eltls-1954	188	19	full	full	ADJ
eltls-1954	188	20	english	english	NOUN
eltls-1954	188	21	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	188	22	they	they	PRON
eltls-1954	188	23	will	will	AUX
eltls-1954	188	24	be	be	AUX
eltls-1954	188	25	respect	respect	NOUN
eltls-1954	188	26	more	more	ADJ
eltls-1954	188	27	if	if	SCONJ
eltls-1954	188	28	they	they	PRON
eltls-1954	188	29	teacher	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	188	30	use	use	VERB
eltls-1954	188	31	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	188	32	switching/	switching/	NUM
eltls-1954	188	33	mixing	mixing	NOUN
eltls-1954	188	34	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	188	35	english	english	PROPN
eltls-1954	188	36	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	188	37	indonesian	indonesian	PROPN
eltls-1954	188	38	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	189	1	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	189	2	obtained	obtain	VERB
eltls-1954	189	3	data	datum	NOUN
eltls-1954	189	4	from	from	ADP
eltls-1954	189	5	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	189	6	classroom	classroom	NOUN
eltls-1954	189	7	observations	observation	NOUN
eltls-1954	189	8	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	189	9	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	189	10	teacher	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	189	11	’s	’s	PART
eltls-1954	189	12	interview	interview	NOUN
eltls-1954	189	13	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	189	14	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	189	15	students	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	189	16	’	’	PART
eltls-1954	189	17	interview	interview	NOUN
eltls-1954	189	18	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	189	19	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	189	20	students	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	189	21	’	'	PUNCT
eltls-1954	189	22	questionnaires	questionnaire	NOUN
eltls-1954	189	23	reveal	reveal	VERB
eltls-1954	189	24	that	that	SCONJ
eltls-1954	189	25	there	there	PRON
eltls-1954	189	26	are	be	VERB
eltls-1954	189	27	three	three	NUM
eltls-1954	189	28	major	major	ADJ
eltls-1954	189	29	conclusions	conclusion	NOUN
eltls-1954	189	30	which	which	PRON
eltls-1954	189	31	can	can	AUX
eltls-1954	189	32	be	be	AUX
eltls-1954	189	33	drawn	draw	VERB
eltls-1954	189	34	from	from	ADP
eltls-1954	189	35	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	189	36	present	present	ADJ
eltls-1954	189	37	research	research	NOUN
eltls-1954	189	38	about	about	ADP
eltls-1954	189	39	an	an	DET
eltls-1954	189	40	analysis	analysis	NOUN
eltls-1954	189	41	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	189	42	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	189	43	switching	switching	NOUN
eltls-1954	189	44	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	189	45	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	189	46	mixing	mixing	NOUN
eltls-1954	189	47	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	189	48	efl	efl	PROPN
eltls-1954	189	49	classroom	classroom	NOUN
eltls-1954	189	50	at	at	ADP
eltls-1954	189	51	smk	smk	PROPN
eltls-1954	189	52	bunga	bunga	PROPN
eltls-1954	189	53	persada	persada	PROPN
eltls-1954	189	54	cianjur	cianjur	PROPN
eltls-1954	189	55	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	190	1	first	first	ADV
eltls-1954	190	2	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	190	3	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	190	4	switching	switching	NOUN
eltls-1954	190	5	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	190	6	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	190	7	mixing	mixing	NOUN
eltls-1954	190	8	exist	exist	NOUN
eltls-1954	190	9	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	190	10	efl	efl	PROPN
eltls-1954	190	11	classroom	classroom	NOUN
eltls-1954	190	12	for	for	ADP
eltls-1954	190	13	low	low	ADJ
eltls-1954	190	14	proficiency	proficiency	NOUN
eltls-1954	190	15	students	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	190	16	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	191	1	second	second	ADJ
eltls-1954	191	2	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	191	3	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	191	4	functions	function	NOUN
eltls-1954	191	5	commonly	commonly	ADV
eltls-1954	191	6	used	use	VERB
eltls-1954	191	7	by	by	ADP
eltls-1954	191	8	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	191	9	english	english	ADJ
eltls-1954	191	10	teachers	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	191	11	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	191	12	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	191	13	foreign	foreign	ADJ
eltls-1954	191	14	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	191	15	classroom	classroom	NOUN
eltls-1954	191	16	purposed	purpose	VERB
eltls-1954	191	17	also	also	ADV
eltls-1954	191	18	for	for	ADP
eltls-1954	191	19	some	some	DET
eltls-1954	191	20	motive	motive	NOUN
eltls-1954	191	21	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	191	22	these	these	DET
eltls-1954	191	23	functions	function	NOUN
eltls-1954	191	24	are	be	AUX
eltls-1954	191	25	:	:	PUNCT
eltls-1954	191	26	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	191	27	a	a	X
eltls-1954	191	28	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	191	29	topic	topic	NOUN
eltls-1954	191	30	switch	switch	NOUN
eltls-1954	191	31	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	191	32	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	191	33	b	b	X
eltls-1954	191	34	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	191	35	affective	affective	ADJ
eltls-1954	191	36	function	function	NOUN
eltls-1954	191	37	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	191	38	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	191	39	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	191	40	c	c	X
eltls-1954	191	41	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	191	42	repetitive	repetitive	ADJ
eltls-1954	191	43	function	function	NOUN
eltls-1954	191	44	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	191	45	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	191	46	d	d	X
eltls-1954	191	47	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	191	48	directive	directive	NOUN
eltls-1954	191	49	function	function	NOUN
eltls-1954	191	50	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	191	51	phatic	phatic	ADJ
eltls-1954	191	52	function	function	NOUN
eltls-1954	191	53	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	192	1	third	third	ADJ
eltls-1954	192	2	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	192	3	based	base	VERB
eltls-1954	192	4	on	on	ADP
eltls-1954	192	5	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	192	6	questionnaire	questionnaire	NOUN
eltls-1954	192	7	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	192	8	teacher	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	192	9	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	192	10	students	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	192	11	have	have	VERB
eltls-1954	192	12	positive	positive	ADJ
eltls-1954	192	13	attitude	attitude	NOUN
eltls-1954	192	14	toward	toward	ADP
eltls-1954	192	15	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	192	16	switching	switching	NOUN
eltls-1954	192	17	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	192	18	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	192	19	mixing	mixing	NOUN
eltls-1954	192	20	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	192	21	efl	efl	PROPN
eltls-1954	192	22	classroom	classroom	NOUN
eltls-1954	192	23	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	193	1	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	193	2	general	general	ADJ
eltls-1954	193	3	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	193	4	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	193	5	switching	switching	NOUN
eltls-1954	193	6	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	193	7	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	193	8	mixing	mixing	NOUN
eltls-1954	193	9	are	be	AUX
eltls-1954	193	10	increasing	increase	VERB
eltls-1954	193	11	students	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	193	12	’	'	PUNCT
eltls-1954	193	13	inclusion	inclusion	NOUN
eltls-1954	193	14	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	193	15	participation	participation	NOUN
eltls-1954	193	16	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	193	17	understanding	understanding	NOUN
eltls-1954	193	18	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	193	19	learning	learn	VERB
eltls-1954	193	20	process	process	NOUN
eltls-1954	193	21	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	193	22	as	as	ADV
eltls-1954	193	23	well	well	ADV
eltls-1954	193	24	as	as	ADP
eltls-1954	193	25	developing	develop	VERB
eltls-1954	193	26	relationships	relationship	NOUN
eltls-1954	193	27	between	between	ADP
eltls-1954	193	28	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	193	29	participants	participant	NOUN
eltls-1954	193	30	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	193	31	conveying	convey	VERB
eltls-1954	193	32	ideas	idea	NOUN
eltls-1954	193	33	more	more	ADV
eltls-1954	193	34	easily	easily	ADV
eltls-1954	193	35	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	193	36	accomplishing	accomplish	VERB
eltls-1954	193	37	lessons	lesson	NOUN
eltls-1954	193	38	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	194	1	beside	beside	ADV
eltls-1954	194	2	as	as	SCONJ
eltls-1954	194	3	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	194	4	strategies	strategy	NOUN
eltls-1954	194	5	used	use	VERB
eltls-1954	194	6	by	by	ADP
eltls-1954	194	7	people	people	NOUN
eltls-1954	194	8	who	who	PRON
eltls-1954	194	9	live	live	VERB
eltls-1954	194	10	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	194	11	bilingual	bilingual	ADJ
eltls-1954	194	12	/	/	SYM
eltls-1954	194	13	multilingual	multilingual	ADJ
eltls-1954	194	14	countries	country	NOUN
eltls-1954	194	15	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	194	16	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	194	17	switching	switching	NOUN
eltls-1954	194	18	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	194	19	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	194	20	mixing	mixing	NOUN
eltls-1954	194	21	also	also	ADV
eltls-1954	194	22	can	can	AUX
eltls-1954	194	23	be	be	AUX
eltls-1954	194	24	used	use	VERB
eltls-1954	194	25	by	by	ADP
eltls-1954	194	26	students	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	194	27	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	194	28	teachers	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	194	29	/	/	SYM
eltls-1954	194	30	lecturers	lecturer	NOUN
eltls-1954	194	31	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	194	32	efl	efl	PROPN
eltls-1954	194	33	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	194	34	english	english	PROPN
eltls-1954	194	35	as	as	ADP
eltls-1954	194	36	a	a	DET
eltls-1954	194	37	foreign	foreign	ADJ
eltls-1954	194	38	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	194	39	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	194	40	classes	class	NOUN
eltls-1954	194	41	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	195	1	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	195	2	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	195	3	multilingual	multilingual	ADJ
eltls-1954	195	4	communities	community	NOUN
eltls-1954	195	5	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	195	6	people	people	NOUN
eltls-1954	195	7	usually	usually	ADV
eltls-1954	195	8	have	have	VERB
eltls-1954	195	9	certain	certain	ADJ
eltls-1954	195	10	considerations	consideration	NOUN
eltls-1954	195	11	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	195	12	order	order	NOUN
eltls-1954	195	13	to	to	PART
eltls-1954	195	14	choose	choose	VERB
eltls-1954	195	15	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	195	16	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	195	17	to	to	PART
eltls-1954	195	18	use	use	VERB
eltls-1954	195	19	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	195	20	communication	communication	NOUN
eltls-1954	195	21	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	196	1	therefore	therefore	ADV
eltls-1954	196	2	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	196	3	people	people	NOUN
eltls-1954	196	4	have	have	VERB
eltls-1954	196	5	consideration	consideration	NOUN
eltls-1954	196	6	on	on	ADP
eltls-1954	196	7	switching	switch	VERB
eltls-1954	196	8	or	or	CCONJ
eltls-1954	196	9	mixing	mix	VERB
eltls-1954	196	10	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	196	11	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	196	12	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	196	13	communication	communication	NOUN
eltls-1954	196	14	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	197	1	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	197	2	way	way	NOUN
eltls-1954	197	3	people	people	NOUN
eltls-1954	197	4	switch	switch	VERB
eltls-1954	197	5	or	or	CCONJ
eltls-1954	197	6	mix	mix	VERB
eltls-1954	197	7	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	197	8	languages	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	197	9	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	197	10	multilingual	multilingual	ADJ
eltls-1954	197	11	communities	community	NOUN
eltls-1954	197	12	can	can	AUX
eltls-1954	197	13	also	also	ADV
eltls-1954	197	14	be	be	AUX
eltls-1954	197	15	seen	see	VERB
eltls-1954	197	16	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	197	17	efl	efl	PROPN
eltls-1954	197	18	classes	class	NOUN
eltls-1954	197	19	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	198	1	www.scholink.org/ojs/index.php/eltls	www.scholink.org/ojs/index.php/eltls	PROPN
eltls-1954	198	2	english	english	PROPN
eltls-1954	198	3	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	198	4	teaching	teaching	NOUN
eltls-1954	198	5	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	198	6	linguistics	linguistic	NOUN
eltls-1954	198	7	studies	study	NOUN
eltls-1954	198	8	vol	vol	NOUN
eltls-1954	198	9	.	.	PROPN
eltls-1954	199	1	1	1	NUM
eltls-1954	199	2	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	199	3	no	no	INTJ
eltls-1954	199	4	.	.	NOUN
eltls-1954	199	5	1	1	NUM
eltls-1954	199	6	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	199	7	2019	2019	NUM
eltls-1954	199	8	12	12	NUM
eltls-1954	199	9	published	publish	VERB
eltls-1954	199	10	by	by	ADP
eltls-1954	199	11	scholink	scholink	PROPN
eltls-1954	199	12	inc	inc	PROPN
eltls-1954	199	13	.	.	PROPN
eltls-1954	199	14	references	reference	NOUN
eltls-1954	199	15	al	al	PROPN
eltls-1954	199	16	heeti	heeti	PROPN
eltls-1954	199	17	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	199	18	n.	n.	PROPN
eltls-1954	199	19	h.	h.	PROPN
eltls-1954	199	20	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	199	21	&	&	CCONJ
eltls-1954	199	22	al	al	PROPN
eltls-1954	199	23	abdely	abdely	ADV
eltls-1954	199	24	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	199	25	a.	a.	NOUN
eltls-1954	199	26	a.	a.	NOUN
eltls-1954	199	27	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	199	28	2016	2016	NUM
eltls-1954	199	29	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	199	30	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	200	1	types	type	NOUN
eltls-1954	200	2	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	200	3	functions	function	NOUN
eltls-1954	200	4	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	200	5	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	200	6	-	-	PUNCT
eltls-1954	200	7	switching	switching	NOUN
eltls-1954	200	8	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	200	9	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	200	10	english	english	ADJ
eltls-1954	200	11	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	200	12	used	use	VERB
eltls-1954	200	13	by	by	ADP
eltls-1954	200	14	iraqi	iraqi	ADJ
eltls-1954	200	15	doctors	doctor	NOUN
eltls-1954	200	16	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	200	17	formal	formal	ADJ
eltls-1954	200	18	settings	setting	NOUN
eltls-1954	200	19	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	201	1	international	international	ADJ
eltls-1954	201	2	journal	journal	NOUN
eltls-1954	201	3	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	201	4	advanced	advanced	ADJ
eltls-1954	201	5	research	research	NOUN
eltls-1954	201	6	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	201	7	review	review	NOUN
eltls-1954	201	8	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	201	9	1(8	1(8	NUM
eltls-1954	201	10	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	201	11	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	201	12	10	10	NUM
eltls-1954	201	13	-	-	SYM
eltls-1954	201	14	18	18	NUM
eltls-1954	201	15	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	201	16	retrieved	retrieve	VERB
eltls-1954	201	17	from	from	ADP
eltls-1954	201	18	https://www.researchgate.net/publication/306031490	https://www.researchgate.net/publication/306031490	NOUN
eltls-1954	201	19	alshenqeeti	alshenqeeti	PROPN
eltls-1954	201	20	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	201	21	h.	h.	PROPN
eltls-1954	201	22	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	201	23	2014	2014	NUM
eltls-1954	201	24	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	201	25	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	202	1	interviewing	interview	VERB
eltls-1954	202	2	as	as	ADP
eltls-1954	202	3	a	a	DET
eltls-1954	202	4	data	data	NOUN
eltls-1954	202	5	collection	collection	NOUN
eltls-1954	202	6	method	method	NOUN
eltls-1954	202	7	:	:	PUNCT
eltls-1954	202	8	a	a	DET
eltls-1954	202	9	critical	critical	ADJ
eltls-1954	202	10	review	review	NOUN
eltls-1954	202	11	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	203	1	english	english	PROPN
eltls-1954	203	2	linguistics	linguistics	PROPN
eltls-1954	203	3	research	research	NOUN
eltls-1954	203	4	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	203	5	3(1	3(1	NUM
eltls-1954	203	6	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	203	7	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	203	8	39	39	NUM
eltls-1954	203	9	-	-	SYM
eltls-1954	203	10	45	45	NUM
eltls-1954	203	11	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	204	1	https://doi.org/10.5430/elr.v3n1p39	https://doi.org/10.5430/elr.v3n1p39	PROPN
eltls-1954	204	2	ariffin	ariffin	PROPN
eltls-1954	204	3	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	204	4	kamisah	kamisah	PROPN
eltls-1954	204	5	dan	dan	PROPN
eltls-1954	204	6	m.	m.	PROPN
eltls-1954	204	7	s.	s.	PROPN
eltls-1954	204	8	h.	h.	PROPN
eltls-1954	204	9	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	204	10	2011	2011	NUM
eltls-1954	204	11	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	204	12	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	205	1	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	205	2	-	-	PUNCT
eltls-1954	205	3	switching	switch	VERB
eltls-1954	205	4	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	205	5	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	205	6	-	-	PUNCT
eltls-1954	205	7	mixing	mixing	NOUN
eltls-1954	205	8	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	205	9	english	english	PROPN
eltls-1954	205	10	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	205	11	bahasa	bahasa	PROPN
eltls-1954	205	12	malaysia	malaysia	PROPN
eltls-1954	205	13	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	205	14	content	content	NOUN
eltls-1954	205	15	-	-	PUNCT
eltls-1954	205	16	based	base	VERB
eltls-1954	205	17	classrooms	classroom	NOUN
eltls-1954	205	18	:	:	PUNCT
eltls-1954	205	19	frequency	frequency	NOUN
eltls-1954	205	20	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	205	21	attitudes	attitude	NOUN
eltls-1954	205	22	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	206	1	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	206	2	linguistics	linguistics	PROPN
eltls-1954	206	3	journal	journal	NOUN
eltls-1954	206	4	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	206	5	5(1	5(1	NUM
eltls-1954	206	6	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	206	7	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	206	8	220	220	NUM
eltls-1954	206	9	-	-	SYM
eltls-1954	206	10	247	247	NUM
eltls-1954	206	11	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	206	12	astrid	astrid	PROPN
eltls-1954	206	13	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	206	14	a.	a.	NOUN
eltls-1954	206	15	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	206	16	2015	2015	NUM
eltls-1954	206	17	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	206	18	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	207	1	a	a	DET
eltls-1954	207	2	study	study	NOUN
eltls-1954	207	3	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	207	4	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	207	5	switching	switching	NOUN
eltls-1954	207	6	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	207	7	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	207	8	mixing	mixing	NOUN
eltls-1954	207	9	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	207	10	efl	efl	PROPN
eltls-1954	207	11	classroom	classroom	NOUN
eltls-1954	207	12	:	:	PUNCT
eltls-1954	207	13	a	a	DET
eltls-1954	207	14	survey	survey	NOUN
eltls-1954	207	15	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	207	16	classroom	classroom	NOUN
eltls-1954	207	17	interaction	interaction	NOUN
eltls-1954	207	18	at	at	ADP
eltls-1954	207	19	english	english	ADJ
eltls-1954	207	20	education	education	NOUN
eltls-1954	207	21	study	study	NOUN
eltls-1954	207	22	program	program	NOUN
eltls-1954	207	23	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	207	24	uin	uin	PROPN
eltls-1954	207	25	raden	raden	PROPN
eltls-1954	207	26	fatah	fatah	PROPN
eltls-1954	207	27	palembang	palembang	PROPN
eltls-1954	207	28	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	207	29	october	october	PROPN
eltls-1954	207	30	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	207	31	99	99	NUM
eltls-1954	207	32	-	-	SYM
eltls-1954	207	33	117	117	NUM
eltls-1954	207	34	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	208	1	ayeomoni	ayeomoni	NOUN
eltls-1954	208	2	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	208	3	m.	m.	NOUN
eltls-1954	208	4	o.	o.	PROPN
eltls-1954	208	5	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	208	6	2006	2006	NUM
eltls-1954	208	7	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	208	8	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	209	1	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	209	2	-	-	PUNCT
eltls-1954	209	3	switching	switch	VERB
eltls-1954	209	4	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	209	5	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	209	6	-	-	PUNCT
eltls-1954	209	7	mixing	mixing	NOUN
eltls-1954	209	8	:	:	PUNCT
eltls-1954	209	9	style	style	NOUN
eltls-1954	209	10	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	209	11	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	209	12	use	use	NOUN
eltls-1954	209	13	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	209	14	childhood	childhood	NOUN
eltls-1954	209	15	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	209	16	yoruba	yoruba	PROPN
eltls-1954	209	17	speech	speech	NOUN
eltls-1954	209	18	community	community	NOUN
eltls-1954	209	19	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	210	1	nordic	nordic	ADJ
eltls-1954	210	2	journal	journal	PROPN
eltls-1954	210	3	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	210	4	african	african	ADJ
eltls-1954	210	5	studies	study	NOUN
eltls-1954	210	6	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	210	7	15(1	15(1	NUM
eltls-1954	210	8	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	210	9	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	210	10	90	90	NUM
eltls-1954	210	11	-	-	SYM
eltls-1954	210	12	99	99	NUM
eltls-1954	210	13	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	210	14	retrieved	retrieve	VERB
eltls-1954	210	15	from	from	ADP
eltls-1954	210	16	http://www.njas.helsinki.fi/pdf-files/vol15num1/ayeomoni.pdf	http://www.njas.helsinki.fi/pdf-files/vol15num1/ayeomoni.pdf	PROPN
eltls-1954	210	17	bensen	bensen	PROPN
eltls-1954	210	18	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	210	19	h.	h.	PROPN
eltls-1954	210	20	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	210	21	&	&	CCONJ
eltls-1954	210	22	çavuşoğlu	çavuşoğlu	PROPN
eltls-1954	210	23	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	210	24	ç	ç	X
eltls-1954	210	25	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	211	1	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	211	2	2013	2013	NUM
eltls-1954	211	3	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	211	4	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	212	1	reasons	reason	NOUN
eltls-1954	212	2	for	for	ADP
eltls-1954	212	3	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	212	4	teachers	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	212	5	’	'	PUNCT
eltls-1954	212	6	uses	use	NOUN
eltls-1954	212	7	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	212	8	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	212	9	-	-	PUNCT
eltls-1954	212	10	switching	switching	NOUN
eltls-1954	212	11	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	212	12	adult	adult	NOUN
eltls-1954	212	13	efl	efl	NOUN
eltls-1954	212	14	classrooms	classroom	NOUN
eltls-1954	212	15	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	213	1	hasan	hasan	PROPN
eltls-1954	213	2	ali	ali	PROPN
eltls-1954	213	3	yücel	yücel	PROPN
eltls-1954	213	4	eğitim	eğitim	PROPN
eltls-1954	213	5	fakültesi	fakültesi	PROPN
eltls-1954	213	6	dergisi	dergisi	PROPN
eltls-1954	213	7	sayı	sayı	PROPN
eltls-1954	213	8	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	213	9	20(2	20(2	NUM
eltls-1954	213	10	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	213	11	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	213	12	69	69	NUM
eltls-1954	213	13	-	-	SYM
eltls-1954	213	14	82	82	NUM
eltls-1954	213	15	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	214	1	bungin	bungin	NOUN
eltls-1954	214	2	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	214	3	m.	m.	PROPN
eltls-1954	214	4	b.	b.	PROPN
eltls-1954	214	5	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	214	6	2008	2008	NUM
eltls-1954	214	7	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	214	8	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	215	1	penelitian	penelitian	PROPN
eltls-1954	215	2	kualitatif	kualitatif	PROPN
eltls-1954	215	3	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	216	1	jakarta	jakarta	PROPN
eltls-1954	216	2	:	:	PUNCT
eltls-1954	216	3	kencana	kencana	PROPN
eltls-1954	216	4	prenada	prenada	PROPN
eltls-1954	216	5	media	media	PROPN
eltls-1954	216	6	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	217	1	group	group	NOUN
eltls-1954	217	2	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	218	1	chaturvedi	chaturvedi	PROPN
eltls-1954	218	2	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	218	3	s.	s.	PROPN
eltls-1954	218	4	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	218	5	2015	2015	NUM
eltls-1954	218	6	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	218	7	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	219	1	a	a	DET
eltls-1954	219	2	sociolinguistic	sociolinguistic	ADJ
eltls-1954	219	3	study	study	NOUN
eltls-1954	219	4	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	219	5	linguistic	linguistic	ADJ
eltls-1954	219	6	variation	variation	NOUN
eltls-1954	219	7	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	219	8	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	219	9	matrix	matrix	NOUN
eltls-1954	219	10	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	219	11	kanpur	kanpur	PROPN
eltls-1954	219	12	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	220	1	procedia	procedia	NOUN
eltls-1954	220	2	-	-	PUNCT
eltls-1954	220	3	social	social	ADJ
eltls-1954	220	4	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	220	5	behavioral	behavioral	ADJ
eltls-1954	220	6	sciences	science	NOUN
eltls-1954	220	7	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	220	8	192	192	NUM
eltls-1954	220	9	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	220	10	107	107	NUM
eltls-1954	220	11	-	-	SYM
eltls-1954	220	12	115	115	NUM
eltls-1954	220	13	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	221	1	https://doi.org/10.1016/j.sbspro.2015.06.017	https://doi.org/10.1016/j.sbspro.2015.06.017	NUM
eltls-1954	221	2	cohen	cohen	PROPN
eltls-1954	221	3	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	221	4	l.	l.	PROPN
eltls-1954	221	5	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	221	6	manion	manion	NOUN
eltls-1954	221	7	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	221	8	l.	l.	PROPN
eltls-1954	221	9	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	221	10	&	&	CCONJ
eltls-1954	221	11	morrison	morrison	PROPN
eltls-1954	221	12	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	221	13	k.	k.	PROPN
eltls-1954	221	14	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	221	15	2011	2011	NUM
eltls-1954	221	16	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	221	17	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	222	1	research	research	NOUN
eltls-1954	222	2	methods	method	NOUN
eltls-1954	222	3	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	222	4	education	education	NOUN
eltls-1954	222	5	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	223	1	research	research	NOUN
eltls-1954	223	2	methods	method	NOUN
eltls-1954	223	3	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	223	4	education	education	NOUN
eltls-1954	223	5	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	224	1	https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-8527.2007.00388_4.x	https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-8527.2007.00388_4.x	PROPN
eltls-1954	224	2	creswell	creswell	PROPN
eltls-1954	224	3	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	224	4	j.	j.	PROPN
eltls-1954	224	5	w.	w.	PROPN
eltls-1954	224	6	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	224	7	2009	2009	NUM
eltls-1954	224	8	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	224	9	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	225	1	research	research	NOUN
eltls-1954	225	2	design	design	PROPN
eltls-1954	225	3	:	:	PUNCT
eltls-1954	225	4	qualitative	qualitative	NOUN
eltls-1954	225	5	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	225	6	quantitative	quantitative	ADJ
eltls-1954	225	7	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	225	8	mixed	mixed	ADJ
eltls-1954	225	9	approaches	approach	NOUN
eltls-1954	225	10	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	225	11	3rd	3rd	ADJ
eltls-1954	225	12	ed	ed	NOUN
eltls-1954	225	13	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	225	14	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	225	15	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	226	1	research	research	NOUN
eltls-1954	226	2	design	design	PROPN
eltls-1954	226	3	:	:	PUNCT
eltls-1954	226	4	qualitative	qualitative	NOUN
eltls-1954	226	5	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	226	6	quantitative	quantitative	ADJ
eltls-1954	226	7	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	226	8	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	226	9	mixed	mixed	ADJ
eltls-1954	226	10	methods	method	NOUN
eltls-1954	226	11	approaches	approach	NOUN
eltls-1954	226	12	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	227	1	https://doi.org/10.2307/1523157	https://doi.org/10.2307/1523157	PROPN
eltls-1954	228	1	fong	fong	PROPN
eltls-1954	228	2	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	228	3	c.	c.	PROPN
eltls-1954	228	4	w.	w.	PROPN
eltls-1954	228	5	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	228	6	2011	2011	NUM
eltls-1954	228	7	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	228	8	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	229	1	functions	function	NOUN
eltls-1954	229	2	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	229	3	reasons	reason	NOUN
eltls-1954	229	4	for	for	ADP
eltls-1954	229	5	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	229	6	-	-	PUNCT
eltls-1954	229	7	switching	switching	NOUN
eltls-1954	229	8	on	on	ADP
eltls-1954	229	9	facebook	facebook	PROPN
eltls-1954	229	10	by	by	ADP
eltls-1954	229	11	utar	utar	PROPN
eltls-1954	229	12	english	english	PROPN
eltls-1954	229	13	-	-	PUNCT
eltls-1954	229	14	mandarin	mandarin	PROPN
eltls-1954	229	15	chinese	chinese	ADJ
eltls-1954	229	16	bilingual	bilingual	ADJ
eltls-1954	229	17	undergraduates	undergraduate	NOUN
eltls-1954	229	18	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	230	1	university	university	NOUN
eltls-1954	230	2	tuanku	tuanku	PROPN
eltls-1954	230	3	abdul	abdul	PROPN
eltls-1954	230	4	rahman	rahman	PROPN
eltls-1954	230	5	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	231	1	hamers	hamer	NOUN
eltls-1954	231	2	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	231	3	j.	j.	PROPN
eltls-1954	231	4	f.	f.	PROPN
eltls-1954	231	5	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	231	6	&	&	CCONJ
eltls-1954	231	7	michel	michel	PROPN
eltls-1954	231	8	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	231	9	b.	b.	PROPN
eltls-1954	231	10	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	231	11	2000	2000	NUM
eltls-1954	231	12	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	231	13	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	232	1	bilinguality	bilinguality	NOUN
eltls-1954	232	2	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	232	3	bilingualism	bilingualism	NOUN
eltls-1954	232	4	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	233	1	cambridge	cambridge	PROPN
eltls-1954	233	2	:	:	PUNCT
eltls-1954	233	3	cambridge	cambridge	PROPN
eltls-1954	233	4	university	university	PROPN
eltls-1954	233	5	press	press	PROPN
eltls-1954	233	6	holmes	holmes	PROPN
eltls-1954	233	7	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	233	8	j.	j.	PROPN
eltls-1954	233	9	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	233	10	2013	2013	NUM
eltls-1954	233	11	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	233	12	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	234	1	an	an	DET
eltls-1954	234	2	introduction	introduction	NOUN
eltls-1954	234	3	to	to	ADP
eltls-1954	234	4	sociolinguistics	sociolinguistic	NOUN
eltls-1954	234	5	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	235	1	rotledge	rotledge	PROPN
eltls-1954	235	2	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	236	1	hudson	hudson	PROPN
eltls-1954	236	2	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	236	3	r.	r.	PROPN
eltls-1954	236	4	a.	a.	PROPN
eltls-1954	236	5	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	236	6	2001	2001	NUM
eltls-1954	236	7	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	236	8	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	237	1	sociolinguistics	sociolinguistic	NOUN
eltls-1954	237	2	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	237	3	2nd	2nd	ADJ
eltls-1954	237	4	ed	ed	NOUN
eltls-1954	237	5	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	237	6	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	238	1	cambridge	cambridge	PROPN
eltls-1954	238	2	:	:	PUNCT
eltls-1954	238	3	cambridge	cambridge	PROPN
eltls-1954	238	4	university	university	PROPN
eltls-1954	238	5	press	press	NOUN
eltls-1954	238	6	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	239	1	liebscher	liebscher	PROPN
eltls-1954	239	2	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	239	3	g.	g.	PROPN
eltls-1954	239	4	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	239	5	&	&	CCONJ
eltls-1954	239	6	dailey	dailey	PROPN
eltls-1954	239	7	-	-	PUNCT
eltls-1954	239	8	o’cain	o’cain	PROPN
eltls-1954	239	9	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	239	10	j.	j.	PROPN
eltls-1954	239	11	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	239	12	2004	2004	NUM
eltls-1954	239	13	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	239	14	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	240	1	learner	learner	PROPN
eltls-1954	240	2	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	240	3	-	-	PUNCT
eltls-1954	240	4	switching	switch	VERB
eltls-1954	240	5	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	240	6	content	content	NOUN
eltls-1954	240	7	-	-	PUNCT
eltls-1954	240	8	based	base	VERB
eltls-1954	240	9	foreign	foreign	ADJ
eltls-1954	240	10	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	240	11	classroom	classroom	NOUN
eltls-1954	240	12	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	241	1	canadian	canadian	ADJ
eltls-1954	241	2	modern	modern	ADJ
eltls-1954	241	3	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	241	4	review	review	NOUN
eltls-1954	241	5	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	241	6	60(4	60(4	NUM
eltls-1954	241	7	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	241	8	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	241	9	501	501	NUM
eltls-1954	241	10	-	-	SYM
eltls-1954	241	11	525	525	NUM
eltls-1954	241	12	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	242	1	https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1540-4781.2005.00277.x	https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1540-4781.2005.00277.x	PROPN
eltls-1954	242	2	lin	lin	PROPN
eltls-1954	242	3	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	242	4	a.	a.	NOUN
eltls-1954	242	5	m.	m.	PROPN
eltls-1954	242	6	y.	y.	PROPN
eltls-1954	242	7	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	242	8	2016	2016	NUM
eltls-1954	242	9	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	242	10	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	243	1	research	research	NOUN
eltls-1954	243	2	methods	method	NOUN
eltls-1954	243	3	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	243	4	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	243	5	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	243	6	education	education	NOUN
eltls-1954	243	7	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	244	1	https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-02329-8	https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-02329-8	PROPN
eltls-1954	244	2	www.scholink.org/ojs/index.php/eltls	www.scholink.org/ojs/index.php/eltls	NUM
eltls-1954	244	3	english	english	ADJ
eltls-1954	244	4	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	244	5	teaching	teaching	NOUN
eltls-1954	244	6	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	244	7	linguistics	linguistic	NOUN
eltls-1954	244	8	studies	study	NOUN
eltls-1954	244	9	vol	vol	NOUN
eltls-1954	244	10	.	.	PROPN
eltls-1954	245	1	1	1	NUM
eltls-1954	245	2	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	245	3	no	no	INTJ
eltls-1954	245	4	.	.	NOUN
eltls-1954	245	5	1	1	NUM
eltls-1954	245	6	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	245	7	2019	2019	NUM
eltls-1954	245	8	13	13	NUM
eltls-1954	245	9	published	publish	VERB
eltls-1954	245	10	by	by	ADP
eltls-1954	245	11	scholink	scholink	PROPN
eltls-1954	245	12	inc	inc	PROPN
eltls-1954	245	13	.	.	PROPN
eltls-1954	245	14	macaro	macaro	PROPN
eltls-1954	245	15	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	245	16	e.	e.	PROPN
eltls-1954	245	17	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	245	18	2005	2005	NUM
eltls-1954	245	19	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	245	20	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	246	1	codeswitching	codeswitche	VERB
eltls-1954	246	2	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	246	3	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	246	4	l2	l2	NOUN
eltls-1954	246	5	classroom	classroom	NOUN
eltls-1954	246	6	:	:	PUNCT
eltls-1954	246	7	a	a	DET
eltls-1954	246	8	communication	communication	NOUN
eltls-1954	246	9	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	246	10	learning	learning	NOUN
eltls-1954	246	11	strategy	strategy	NOUN
eltls-1954	246	12	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	246	13	63	63	NUM
eltls-1954	246	14	-	-	SYM
eltls-1954	246	15	84	84	NUM
eltls-1954	246	16	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	247	1	https://doi.org/10.1007/0-387-24565-0_5	https://doi.org/10.1007/0-387-24565-0_5	PROPN
eltls-1954	247	2	musyken	musyken	VERB
eltls-1954	247	3	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	247	4	p.	p.	NOUN
eltls-1954	247	5	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	247	6	2000	2000	NUM
eltls-1954	247	7	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	247	8	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	248	1	bilingual	bilingual	ADJ
eltls-1954	248	2	speech	speech	NOUN
eltls-1954	248	3	:	:	PUNCT
eltls-1954	248	4	a	a	DET
eltls-1954	248	5	typology	typology	NOUN
eltls-1954	248	6	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	248	7	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	248	8	-	-	PUNCT
eltls-1954	248	9	mixing	mixing	NOUN
eltls-1954	248	10	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	249	1	pragmatics	pragmatic	NOUN
eltls-1954	249	2	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	249	3	2	2	NUM
eltls-1954	249	4	-	-	SYM
eltls-1954	249	5	27	27	NUM
eltls-1954	249	6	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	250	1	https://doi.org/10.1353/lan.2002.0114	https://doi.org/10.1353/lan.2002.0114	PROPN
eltls-1954	250	2	myers	myers	PROPN
eltls-1954	250	3	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	250	4	c.	c.	PROPN
eltls-1954	250	5	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	250	6	&	&	CCONJ
eltls-1954	250	7	s.	s.	PROPN
eltls-1954	250	8	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	250	9	2006	2006	NUM
eltls-1954	250	10	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	250	11	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	251	1	multiple	multiple	ADJ
eltls-1954	251	2	voice	voice	NOUN
eltls-1954	251	3	;	;	PUNCT
eltls-1954	251	4	introduction	introduction	NOUN
eltls-1954	251	5	to	to	ADP
eltls-1954	251	6	billingualism	billingualism	NOUN
eltls-1954	251	7	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	252	1	blackwell	blackwell	PROPN
eltls-1954	252	2	publishing	publishing	NOUN
eltls-1954	252	3	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	253	1	nomura	nomura	NOUN
eltls-1954	253	2	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	253	3	m.	m.	NOUN
eltls-1954	253	4	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	253	5	2003	2003	NUM
eltls-1954	253	6	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	253	7	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	254	1	bilingualism	bilingualism	NOUN
eltls-1954	254	2	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	254	3	multilingualism	multilingualism	NOUN
eltls-1954	254	4	:	:	PUNCT
eltls-1954	254	5	a	a	DET
eltls-1954	254	6	study	study	NOUN
eltls-1954	254	7	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	254	8	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	254	9	switching	switching	NOUN
eltls-1954	254	10	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	255	1	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	255	2	bulletin	bulletin	NOUN
eltls-1954	255	3	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	255	4	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	255	5	international	international	ADJ
eltls-1954	255	6	student	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	255	7	center	center	NOUN
eltls-1954	255	8	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	255	9	kobe	kobe	PROPN
eltls-1954	255	10	university	university	PROPN
eltls-1954	255	11	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	255	12	8	8	NUM
eltls-1954	255	13	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	255	14	retrieved	retrieve	VERB
eltls-1954	255	15	from	from	ADP
eltls-1954	255	16	http://www.lib.kobe-u.ac.jp/handle_kernel/00523015	http://www.lib.kobe-u.ac.jp/handle_kernel/00523015	PROPN
eltls-1954	255	17	paker	paker	PROPN
eltls-1954	255	18	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	255	19	t.	t.	PROPN
eltls-1954	255	20	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	255	21	&	&	CCONJ
eltls-1954	255	22	karaağaç	karaağaç	PROPN
eltls-1954	255	23	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	255	24	ö.	ö.	PROPN
eltls-1954	255	25	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	255	26	2015	2015	NUM
eltls-1954	255	27	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	255	28	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	256	1	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	256	2	use	use	NOUN
eltls-1954	256	3	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	256	4	functions	function	NOUN
eltls-1954	256	5	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	256	6	mother	mother	NOUN
eltls-1954	256	7	tongue	tongue	NOUN
eltls-1954	256	8	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	256	9	efl	efl	PROPN
eltls-1954	256	10	classes	class	NOUN
eltls-1954	256	11	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	257	1	procedia	procedia	NOUN
eltls-1954	257	2	-	-	PUNCT
eltls-1954	257	3	social	social	ADJ
eltls-1954	257	4	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	257	5	behavioral	behavioral	ADJ
eltls-1954	257	6	sciences	science	NOUN
eltls-1954	257	7	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	257	8	199	199	NUM
eltls-1954	257	9	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	257	10	111	111	NUM
eltls-1954	257	11	-	-	SYM
eltls-1954	257	12	119	119	NUM
eltls-1954	257	13	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	258	1	https://doi.org/10.1016/j.sbspro.2015.07.494	https://doi.org/10.1016/j.sbspro.2015.07.494	NOUN
eltls-1954	258	2	penny	penny	NOUN
eltls-1954	258	3	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	258	4	r.	r.	PROPN
eltls-1954	258	5	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	258	6	2000	2000	NUM
eltls-1954	258	7	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	258	8	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	259	1	variation	variation	NOUN
eltls-1954	259	2	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	259	3	change	change	NOUN
eltls-1954	259	4	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	259	5	spanish	spanish	PROPN
eltls-1954	259	6	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	260	1	cambridge	cambridge	PROPN
eltls-1954	260	2	;	;	PUNCT
eltls-1954	260	3	cambridge	cambridge	PROPN
eltls-1954	260	4	university	university	PROPN
eltls-1954	260	5	press	press	NOUN
eltls-1954	260	6	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	261	1	radford	radford	PROPN
eltls-1954	261	2	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	261	3	a.	a.	PROPN
eltls-1954	261	4	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	261	5	atkinson	atkinson	PROPN
eltls-1954	261	6	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	261	7	m.	m.	NOUN
eltls-1954	261	8	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	261	9	britain	britain	PROPN
eltls-1954	261	10	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	261	11	d.	d.	PROPN
eltls-1954	261	12	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	261	13	clahsen	clahsen	PROPN
eltls-1954	261	14	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	261	15	h.	h.	PROPN
eltls-1954	261	16	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	261	17	&	&	CCONJ
eltls-1954	261	18	spencer	spencer	PROPN
eltls-1954	261	19	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	261	20	a.	a.	NOUN
eltls-1954	261	21	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	261	22	2009	2009	NUM
eltls-1954	261	23	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	261	24	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	262	1	linguistics	linguistic	NOUN
eltls-1954	262	2	an	an	DET
eltls-1954	262	3	introduction	introduction	NOUN
eltls-1954	262	4	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	263	1	cambrigde	cambrigde	NOUN
eltls-1954	263	2	university	university	PROPN
eltls-1954	263	3	press	press	NOUN
eltls-1954	263	4	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	264	1	sert	sert	NOUN
eltls-1954	264	2	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	264	3	o.	o.	INTJ
eltls-1954	264	4	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	264	5	2005	2005	NUM
eltls-1954	264	6	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	264	7	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	265	1	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	265	2	functions	function	NOUN
eltls-1954	265	3	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	265	4	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	265	5	switching	switch	VERB
eltls-1954	265	6	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	265	7	elt	elt	NOUN
eltls-1954	265	8	classrooms	classroom	NOUN
eltls-1954	265	9	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	266	1	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	266	2	internet	internet	NOUN
eltls-1954	266	3	tesl	tesl	PROPN
eltls-1954	266	4	journal	journal	PROPN
eltls-1954	266	5	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	266	6	11(8	11(8	PROPN
eltls-1954	266	7	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	266	8	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	266	9	1	1	NUM
eltls-1954	266	10	-	-	SYM
eltls-1954	266	11	6	6	NUM
eltls-1954	266	12	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	266	13	retrieved	retrieve	VERB
eltls-1954	266	14	from	from	ADP
eltls-1954	266	15	http://iteslj.org/articles/sert-codeswitching.htm	http://iteslj.org/articles/sert-codeswitching.htm	PROPN
eltls-1954	266	16	syafrizal	syafrizal	NOUN
eltls-1954	266	17	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	266	18	&	&	CCONJ
eltls-1954	266	19	astridyah	astridyah	PROPN
eltls-1954	266	20	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	266	21	r	r	NOUN
eltls-1954	266	22	sari	sari	NOUN
eltls-1954	266	23	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	266	24	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	266	25	2017	2017	NUM
eltls-1954	266	26	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	266	27	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	267	1	european	european	PROPN
eltls-1954	267	2	journal	journal	PROPN
eltls-1954	267	3	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	267	4	foreign	foreign	ADJ
eltls-1954	267	5	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	267	6	teaching	teaching	NOUN
eltls-1954	267	7	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	267	8	mixing	mixing	NOUN
eltls-1954	267	9	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	267	10	students	student	NOUN
eltls-1954	267	11	’	'	PUNCT
eltls-1954	267	12	twitter	twitter	NOUN
eltls-1954	267	13	status	status	NOUN
eltls-1954	267	14	at	at	ADP
eltls-1954	267	15	sultan	sultan	PROPN
eltls-1954	267	16	ageng	ageng	PROPN
eltls-1954	267	17	tirtayasa	tirtayasa	PROPN
eltls-1954	267	18	university	university	NOUN
eltls-1954	267	19	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	267	20	117	117	NUM
eltls-1954	267	21	-	-	SYM
eltls-1954	267	22	135	135	NUM
eltls-1954	267	23	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	268	1	https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.345622	https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.345622	ADJ
eltls-1954	268	2	tegegne	tegegne	NOUN
eltls-1954	268	3	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	268	4	w.	w.	PROPN
eltls-1954	268	5	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	268	6	2016	2016	NUM
eltls-1954	268	7	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	268	8	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	269	1	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	269	2	attitude	attitude	NOUN
eltls-1954	269	3	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	269	4	teachers	teacher	NOUN
eltls-1954	269	5	towards	towards	ADP
eltls-1954	269	6	varieties	variety	NOUN
eltls-1954	269	7	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	269	8	a	a	DET
eltls-1954	269	9	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	269	10	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	269	11	its	its	PRON
eltls-1954	269	12	effects	effect	NOUN
eltls-1954	269	13	on	on	ADP
eltls-1954	269	14	learners	learner	NOUN
eltls-1954	269	15	’	'	PUNCT
eltls-1954	269	16	education	education	NOUN
eltls-1954	269	17	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	269	18	self	self	NOUN
eltls-1954	269	19	esteem	esteem	NOUN
eltls-1954	269	20	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	270	1	journal	journal	NOUN
eltls-1954	270	2	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	270	3	literature	literature	NOUN
eltls-1954	270	4	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	270	5	languages	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	270	6	and	and	CCONJ
eltls-1954	270	7	linguistics	linguistic	NOUN
eltls-1954	270	8	www.iiste.org	www.iiste.org	PROPN
eltls-1954	270	9	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	271	1	van	van	PROPN
eltls-1954	271	2	dulm	dulm	NOUN
eltls-1954	271	3	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	271	4	o.	o.	NOUN
eltls-1954	271	5	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	271	6	2007	2007	NUM
eltls-1954	271	7	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	271	8	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	272	1	the	the	DET
eltls-1954	272	2	grammar	grammar	NOUN
eltls-1954	272	3	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	272	4	english	english	PROPN
eltls-1954	272	5	-	-	PUNCT
eltls-1954	272	6	afrikaans	afrikaans	PROPN
eltls-1954	272	7	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	272	8	switching	switching	NOUN
eltls-1954	272	9	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	273	1	a	a	DET
eltls-1954	273	2	feature	feature	NOUN
eltls-1954	273	3	checking	check	VERB
eltls-1954	273	4	account	account	NOUN
eltls-1954	273	5	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	274	1	doctoral	doctoral	ADJ
eltls-1954	274	2	dissertation	dissertation	NOUN
eltls-1954	274	3	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	275	1	radboud	radboud	PROPN
eltls-1954	275	2	university	university	PROPN
eltls-1954	275	3	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	275	4	nijmegen	nijmegen	PROPN
eltls-1954	275	5	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	276	1	wardhaugh	wardhaugh	PROPN
eltls-1954	276	2	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	276	3	r.	r.	PROPN
eltls-1954	276	4	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	276	5	2010	2010	NUM
eltls-1954	276	6	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	276	7	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	277	1	an	an	DET
eltls-1954	277	2	introduction	introduction	NOUN
eltls-1954	277	3	to	to	ADP
eltls-1954	277	4	sociolinguistics	sociolinguistic	NOUN
eltls-1954	277	5	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	278	1	language	language	NOUN
eltls-1954	278	2	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	279	1	wiley	wiley	PROPN
eltls-1954	279	2	backwell	backwell	PROPN
eltls-1954	279	3	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	280	1	https://doi.org/10.1353/lan.2003.0268	https://doi.org/10.1353/lan.2003.0268	PROPN
eltls-1954	280	2	yulyana	yulyana	PROPN
eltls-1954	280	3	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	280	4	y.	y.	PROPN
eltls-1954	280	5	(	(	PUNCT
eltls-1954	280	6	2012	2012	NUM
eltls-1954	280	7	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	280	8	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	281	1	code	code	NOUN
eltls-1954	281	2	switching	switch	VERB
eltls-1954	281	3	analysis	analysis	NOUN
eltls-1954	281	4	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	281	5	classroom	classroom	NOUN
eltls-1954	281	6	interactions	interaction	NOUN
eltls-1954	281	7	in	in	ADP
eltls-1954	281	8	husnul	husnul	PROPN
eltls-1954	281	9	khotimah	khotimah	PROPN
eltls-1954	281	10	islamic	islamic	PROPN
eltls-1954	281	11	senior	senior	ADJ
eltls-1954	281	12	high	high	ADJ
eltls-1954	281	13	school	school	NOUN
eltls-1954	281	14	.	.	PUNCT
eltls-1954	282	1	english	english	PROPN
eltls-1954	282	2	review	review	PROPN
eltls-1954	282	3	:	:	PUNCT
eltls-1954	282	4	journal	journal	NOUN
eltls-1954	282	5	of	of	ADP
eltls-1954	282	6	english	english	PROPN
eltls-1954	282	7	education	education	NOUN
eltls-1954	282	8	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	282	9	1(1	1(1	NUM
eltls-1954	282	10	)	)	PUNCT
eltls-1954	282	11	,	,	PUNCT
eltls-1954	282	12	1	1	NUM
eltls-1954	282	13	-	-	SYM
eltls-1954	282	14	10	10	NUM
eltls-1954	282	15	.	.	PUNCT